Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

CINNAMIDE AND HYDROCINNAMIDE DERIVATIVES WITH KINASE INHIBITORY ACTIVITY

(Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM)

RELATED APPLICATIONS

[001] This application claims priority from U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.

60/643,928, filed on January 14, 2005, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/710,635, filed on August 23, 2005, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Field of the Invention

[002] The present invention relates to protein kinase inhibitors, particularly inhibitors of Raf-kinase. The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds of the invention and methods of using the compositions in the treatment of various diseases.

Background of the Invention

[003] Protein kinases constitute a large family of structurally related enzymes that effect the transfer of a phosphate group from a nucleoside triphosphate to a Ser, Thr or Tyr residue on a protein acceptor. A vast array of cellular functions, including DNA replication, cell cycle progression, energy metabolism, and cell growth and differentiation, are regulated by reversible protein phosphorylation events mediated by protein kinases. Additionally, protein kinase activity has been implicated in a number of disease states, including cancers. Of the >100 dominant oncogenes known to date, many encode receptor and cytoplasmic tyrosine kinases known to be mutated and/ or over expressed in human cancers (Blume-Jensen and Hunter, Nature, 411:355-365 (2001)). Accordingly, protein kinase targets have attracted substantial drug discovery efforts in recent years, with several protein kinase inhibitors achieving regulatory approval (reviewed in Fischer, Curr. Med. Chem., 11:1563 (2004); Dancey and Sausville, Nature Rev. Drug Disc, 2:296 (2003)).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[004] Intracellular signaling pathways activated in response to growth factor/cytokine stimulation are known to control functions such as proliferation, differentiation and cell death (Chiloeches and Marais, In Targets for Cancer Therapy; Transcription Factors and Other Nuclear Proteins, 179-206 (La Thangue and Bandara, eds., Totowa, Humana Press 2002)). One example is the Ras-Raf-MEK-ERK pathway which is controlled by receptor tyrosine kinase activation. Activation of Ras proteins at the cell membrane leads to phosphorylation and recruitment of accessory factors and Raf which is then activated by phosphorylation. Activation of Raf leads to downstream activation of MEK and ERK. ERK has several cytoplasmic and nuclear substrates, including ELK and Ets-family transcription factor, which regulates genes involved in cell growth, survival and migration (Marais et ah, J. Biol. Cliem., 272:4378-4383 (1997); Peyssonnaux and Eychene, Biol. Cell, 93-53-62 (2001)). As a result, this pathway is an important mediator of tumor cell proliferation and angiogenesis. For instance, overexpression of constitutively active B-Raf can induce an oncogenic event in untransformed cells (Wellbrock et ah, Cancer Res., 64:2338-2342 (2004)). Aberrant activation of the pathway, such as by activating Ras and/or Raf mutations, is known to be associated with a malignant phenotype in a variety of tumor types (Bos, Hematol. Pathol., 2:55-63 (1988); Downward, Nature Rev. Cancer, 3:11-22 (2003); Karasarides et ah, Oncogene, 23:6292-6298 (2004); Tuveson, Cancer Cell, 4:95-98 (2003); Bos, Cancer Res, 49:4682-4689 (1989)). Activating mutations in B-Raf are found in 60-70% of melanomas. Melanoma cells that carry mutated B-Raf- V599E are transformed, and cell growth, ERK signaling and cell viability are dependent on mutant B-Raf function (Karasarides et ah, Oncogene, 23:6292-6298 (2004)). Although this mutation historically has been referred to in the literature as V599E, the mutated valine actually is located at position 600 (Wellbrock et ah, Cancer Res., 64:2338-2342 (2004)).

[005] There are three Raf isoforms, A-Raf, B-Raf and C-Raf (Raf-1), all of which can act as downstream effectors of Ras. Although they show significant sequence similarities, they also exhibit distinct roles in development, in addition to significant biochemical and functional differences. In particular, the high basal kinase activity of B-Raf may explain why mutated forms of only this isoform have been found in human cancers. Nevertheless, the isoforms show redundant functions in facilitating oncogenic Ras-induced activation of the MEK-ERK signaling cascade (Wellbrock, Cancer Res, 64:2338-2342 (2004)). In addition to Raf signaling via the MEK- ERK pathway, there is some evidence that C-Raf (and possibly B-Raf and A-Raf) may signal via

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

alternative pathways directly involved in cell survival by interaction with the BH3 family of anti-apoptotic proteins (Wellbrock et al, Nature Rev.: MoI. Cell Biol, 5:875 (2004)).

[006] Inhibitors of the Raf kinases may be expected to interrupt the Ras-Raf signaling cascade and thereby provide new methods for the treatment of proliferative disorders, such as cancer. There is thus a need for new inhibitors of Raf kinase activity.

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

[007] The present invention provides compounds that are effective inhibitors of Raf- kinase. These compounds are useful for inhibiting kinase activity in vitro and in vivo, and are especially useful for the treatment of various cell proliferative diseases.

[008] Compounds useful for the methods of the invention are represented by formula

(I):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein:

G ¹ is -C(R ^d )(R ^e )-, -C(O)-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O) ₂ -, or -N(R ^f )-, wherein G ¹ is attached to Ring A at the position meta or para to L ;

L ¹ is -[C(R ^ε )(R ^h )] _m -C(R ⁱ )(R ^k )- or -C(R ^m )=C(R ⁿ )-;

Ring A is substituted with 0-2 occurrences of R ^a ;

Ring B is an optionally substituted mono- or bicyclic aromatic ring system having one to four ring nitrogen atoms and optionally one or two additional ring heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and sulfur;

Ring C is an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl ring having 0-3 ring nitrogen atoms and optionally one additional ring heteroatom selected from oxygen and sulfur;

R ^a is halo, -NO ₂ , -CN, -OR ⁵ , -SR ⁶ , -S(O)R ⁶ , -SO ₂ R ⁶ , -SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ),, -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -OC(O)R ⁵ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ R ⁶ , -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , or an optionally substituted C ₁₄ aliphatic;

R is hydrogen, fluoro, C _1-4 aliphatic, C ₁₄ fluoroaliphatic, -NH ₂ , -NH(C ₁₄ alkyl), -N(C _1. , alkyl^ OH, or -0(C _1. , alkyl);

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

R ^e is hydrogen, fluoro, C _{1 4} aliphatic, or C _1-4 fluoroaliphatic; or R and R ^e , taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a 3- to 6-membered cycloaliphatic or heterocyclyl ring;

R ^f is -H, -C(O)R ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -CO ₂ R ⁶ , -SO ₂ R ⁶ , -SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , or an optionally substituted C _j _ ₆ aliphatic;

R ^ε is hydrogen, fluoro, C _1-4 aliphatic, or C ₁₁₄ fluoroaliphatic; and

R is hydrogen, fluoro, C _{1 4} aliphatic, C _1-4 fluoroaliphatic, -OH, -0(C _{1 4} alkyl), -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ ,

-N(R ⁴ )C(O)(C _1-4 aliphatic), -C(O)(C _1. , alkyl), -CO ₂ H, -CO ₂ (C _1. , alkyl), or -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ ; or

R ^ε and R , taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a 3- to 6- membered cycloaliphatic ring;

R ^J is hydrogen, fluoro, C _1-4 aliphatic, or C _1-4 fluoroaliphatic; and

R is hydrogen, fluoro, C _1-4 aliphatic, C _1-4 fluoroaliphatic, -OH, -0(C _1. , alkyl), -C(O)(C _1. , alkyl), -CO ₂ H, -CO ₂ (C _1. , alkyl), or -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ ; or

R and R , taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a 3- to 6- membered cycloaliphatic ring; or each of R ^s and R' is hydrogen, fluoro, C _1-4 aliphatic, or C _1. , fluoroaliphatic; and

R ¹ and R , taken together with the intervening carbon atoms, form a 3- to 6-membered cycloaliphatic ring;

R ^m is hydrogen, fluoro, -OR ⁵ , -C(O)R ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ , -SO ₂ R ⁶ , -SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , or an optionally substituted C _1-4 aliphatic;

R ⁿ is hydrogen, fluoro, -C(O)R ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ , -SO ₂ R ⁶ , -SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , or an optionally substituted C _1-4 aliphatic;

each R independently is hydrogen or an optionally substituted aliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl group; or two R on the same nitrogen atom, taken together with the nitrogen atom, form an optionally substituted 4- to 8-membered heterocyclyl ring

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

having, in addition to the nitrogen atom, 0-2 ring heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S; each R independently is hydrogen or an optionally substituted aliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl group; each R independently is an optionally substituted aliphatic, aryl group, or heteroaryl group; and m is 1 or 2.

[009] Compounds of this invention include those described generally above, and are further illustrated by the classes, subclasses, and species disclosed herein. Terms used herein shall be accorded the following defined meanings, unless otherwise indicated.

[010] The terms "Raf" and "Raf kinase" are used interchangeably, and unless otherwise specified refer to any member of the Raf family of kinase enzymes, including without limitation, the isoforms A-Raf, B-Raf, and C-Raf . These enzymes, and the corresponding genes, also may be referred to in the literature by variants of these terms, e.g., RAF, raf, BRAF, B-raf, b- raf. The isoform C-Raf also is referred to by the terms Raf-1 and C-Raf-1.

[011] The term "aliphatic" or "aliphatic group", as used herein, means a substituted or unsubstituted straight-chain, branched, or cyclic C _1-12 hydrocarbon, which is completely saturated or which contains one or more units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic. For example, suitable aliphatic groups include substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched or cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl groups and hybrids thereof, such as (cycloalkyl)alkyl, (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl. In various embodiments, the aliphatic group has 1 to 12, 1 to 8, 1 to 6, 1 to 4, or 1 to 3 carbons.

[012] The terms "alkyl", "alkenyl", and "alkynyl", used alone or as part of a larger moiety, refer to a straight or branched chain aliphatic group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms. For purposes of the present invention, the term "alkyl" will be used when the carbon atom attaching the aliphatic group to the rest of the molecule is a saturated carbon atom. However, an alkyl group may include unsaturation at other carbon atoms. Thus, alkyl groups include, without limitation, methyl, ethyl, propyl, allyl, propargyl, butyl, pentyl, and hexyl.

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[013] For purposes of the present invention, the term "alkenyl" will be used when the carbon atom attaching the aliphatic group to the rest of the molecule forms part of a carbon- carbon double bond. Alkenyl groups include, without limitation, vinyl, 1-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, and 1-hexenyl.

[014] For purposes of the present invention, the term "alkynyl" will be used when the carbon atom attaching the aliphatic group to the rest of the molecule forms part of a carbon- carbon triple bond. Alkynyl groups include, without limitation, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, and 1-hexynyl.

[015] The term "cycloaliphatic", used alone or as part of a larger moiety, refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic aliphatic ring system having from 3 to about 14 members, wherein the aliphatic ring system is optionally substituted. In some embodiments, the cycloaliphatic is a monocyclic hydrocarbon having 3-8 or 3-6 ring carbon atomsl Nonlimiting examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctyl, cyclooctenyl, and cyclooctadienyl. In some embodiments, the cycloaliphatic is a bridged or fused bicyclic hydrocarbon having 6-12, 6- 10, or 6-8 ring carbon atoms, wherein any individual ring in the bicyclic ring system has 3-8 members.

[016] In some embodiments, two adjacent substituents on the cycloaliphatic ring, taken together with the intervening ring atoms, form an optionally substituted fused 5- to 6- membered aromatic or 3- to 8-membered non-aromatic ring having 0-3 ring heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S. Thus, the term "cycloaliphatic" includes aliphatic rings that are fused to one or more aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl rings. NonUmiting examples include indanyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoxalinyl, decahydronaphthyl, or tetrahydronaphfhyl, where the radical or point of attachment is on the aliphatic ring.

[017] The terms "aryl" and "ar~", used alone or as part of a larger moiety, e.g.,

"aralkyl", "aralkoxy", or "aryloxyalkyl", refer to a C ₆ to C ₁₄ aromatic hydrocarbon, comprising one to three rings, each of which is optionally substituted. Preferably, the aryl group is a C _6-10 aryl group. Aryl groups include, without limitation, phenyl, naphthyl, and anfhracenyl. In some embodiments, two adjacent substituents on the aryl ring, taken together with the intervening ring atoms, form an optionally substituted fused 5- to 6-membered aromatic or 4- to

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

8-membered non-aromatic ring having 0-3 ring heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S. Thus, the term "aryl", as used herein, includes groups in which an aryl ring is fused to one or more heteroaryl, cycloaliphatic, or heterocyclyl rings, where the radical or point of attachment is on the aromatic ring. Nonlimiting examples of such fused ring systems include indolyl, isoindolyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, dibenzofuranyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, fluorenyl, indanyl, phenanthridinyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indolinyl, phenoxazinyl, benzodioxanyl, and benzodioxolyl. An aryl group may be mono-, bi-, tri-, or polycyclic, preferably mono-, bi-, or tricyclic, more preferably mono- or bicyclic. The term "aryl" may be used interchangeably with the terms "aryl group", "aryl moiety", and "aryl ring".

[018] An "aralkyl" or "arylalkyl" group comprises an aryl group covalently attached to an alkyl group, either of which independently is optionally substituted. Preferably, the aralkyl group is C _6-10 -UyI(C ₁ JaIkJrI, C ₆₄₀ or C _6-10 ary^C^alkyl, including, without limitation, benzyl, phenethyl, and naphthylmethyl.

[019] The terms "heteroaryl" and "heteroar-", used alone or as part of a larger moiety, e.g., heteroaralkyl, or "heteroaralkoxy", refer to groups having 5 to 14 ring atoms, preferably 5, 6, 9, or 10 ring atoms; having 6, 10, or 14 π electrons shared in a cyclic array; and having, in addition to carbon atoms, from one to four heteroatoms. The term "heteroatom" refers to nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, and includes any oxidized form of nitrogen or sulfur, and any quaternized form of a basic nitrogen. Thus, when used in reference to a ring atom of a heteroaryl, the term "nitrogen" includes an oxidized nitrogen (as in pyridine N-oxide). Certain nitrogen atoms of 5-membered heteroaryl groups also are substitutable, as further defined below. Heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, radicals derived from thiophene, furan, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, tetrazole, oxazole, isoxazole, oxadiazole, thiazole, isothiazole, thiadiazole, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrrolidine, pyrazine, indolizine, naphthyridine, pteridine, pyrrolopyridine, imidazopyridine, oxazolopyridine, thiazolopyridine, triazolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine, purine, and triazolopyrimidine. As used herein, the phrase "radical derived from" means a monovalent radical produced by removal of a hydrogen radical from the parent heteroaromatic ring system. The radical (i.e., the point of attachment of

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

the heteroaryl to the rest of the molecule) may be created at any substitutable position on any ring of the parent heteroaryl ring system.

[020] In some embodiments, two adjacent substituents on the heteroaryl, taken together with the intervening ring atoms, form an optionally substituted fused 5- to 6- membered aromatic or 4- to 8-membered non-aromatic ring having 0-3 ring heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S. Thus, the terms "heteroaryl" and "heteroar-", as used herein, also include groups in which a heteroaromatic ring is fused to one or more aryl, cycloaliphatic, or heterocyclyl rings, where the radical or point of attachment is on the heteroaromatic ring. Nonlimiting examples include indolyl, isoindolyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, dibenzofuranyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and pyrido[2,3-b]-l,4-oxazin-3(4H)-one. A heteroaryl group may be mono-, bi-, tri-, or polycyclic, preferably mono-, bi-, or tricyclic, more preferably mono- or bicyclic. The term "heteroaryl" may be used interchangeably with the terms "heteroaryl ring", or "heteroaryl group", any of which terms include rings that are optionally substituted. The term "heteroaralkyl" refers to an alkyl group substituted by a heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl and heteroaryl portions independently are optionally substituted.

[021] As used herein, the terms "aromatic ring" and "aromatic ring system" refer to an optionally substituted mono-, bi-, or tricyclic group having 0-6, preferably 0-4 ring heteroatoms, and having 6, 10, or 14 π electrons shared in a cyclic array. Thus, the terms "aromatic ring" and "aromatic ring system" encompass both aryl and heteroaryl groups.

[022] As used herein, the terms "heterocycle", "heterocyclyl", "heterocyclic radical", and "heterocyclic ring" are used interchangeably and refer to a stable 3- to 7-membered monocyclic, or to a fused 7- to 10-membered or bridged 6- to 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic moiety that is either saturated or partially unsaturated, and having, in addition to carbon atoms, one or more, preferably one to four, heteroatoms, as defined above. When used in reference to a ring atom of a heterocycle, the term "nitrogen" includes a substituted nitrogen. As an example, in a heterocyclyl ring having 1-3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen, the nitrogen may be N (as in 3,4~dihydro-2H-pyrrolyl), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl), or ⁺ NR (as in N- substituted pyrrolidinyl). A heterocyclic ring can be attached to its pendant group at any

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable structure, and any of the ring atoms can be optionally substituted. Examples of such saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic radicals include, without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperazinyl, dioxanyl, dioxolanyl, diazepinyl, oxazepinyl, thiazepinyl, morpholinyl, and quinuclidinyl.

[023] In some embodiments, two adjacent substituents on a heterocyclic ring, taken together with the intervening ring atoms, form an optionally substituted fused 5- to 6- membered aromatic or 3- to 8-membered non-aromatic ring having 0-3 ring heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S. Thus, the terms "heterocycle", "heterocyclyl", "heterocyclyl ring", "heterocyclic group", "heterocyclic moiety", and "heterocyclic radical", are used interchangeably herein, and include groups in which a heterocyclyl ring is fused to one or more aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloaliphatic rings, such as indolinyl, 3H-indolyl, chromanyl, phenanfhridinyl, or tetrahydroquinolinyl, where the radical or point of attachment is on the heterocyclyl ring. A heterocyclyl group may be mono-, bi-, tri-, or polycyclic, preferably mono-, bi-, or tricyclic, more preferably mono- or bicyclic. The term "heterocycrylalkyl" refers to an alkyl group substituted by a heterocyclyl, wherein the alkyl and heterocyclyl portions independently are optionally substituted.

[024] As used herein, the term "partially unsaturated" refers to a ring moiety that includes at least one double or triple bond between ring atoms. The term "partially unsaturated" is intended to encompass rings having multiple sites of unsaturation, but is not intended to include aryl or heteroaryl moieties, as herein defined.

[025] The terms "haloaliphatic", "haloalkyl", "haloalkenyl" and "haloalkoxy" refer to an aliphatic, alkyl, alkenyl or alkoxy group, as the case maybe, which is substituted with one or more halogen atoms. As used herein, the term "halogen" or "halo" means F, Cl, Br, or I. The term "fluoroaliphatic" refers to a haloaliphatic wherein the halogen is fluoro, including perfluorinated aliphatic groups. Examples of fluoroaliphatic groups include, without limitation, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1,1,2-trifluoroethyl, 1,2,2-trifluoroethyl, and pentafluoroethyl.

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[026] The term "linker group" or "linker" means an organic moiety that connects two parts of a compound. Linkers typically comprise an atom such as oxygen or sulfur, a unit such as -NH-, -CH ₂ -, -C(O)-, -C(O)NH-, or a chain of atoms, such as an alkylene chain. The molecular mass of a linker is typically in. the range of about 14 to 200, preferably in the range of 14 to 96 with a length of up to about six atoms. In some embodiments, the linker is a C _{1 6} alkylene chain.

[027] The term "alkylene" refers to a bivalent alkyl group. An "alkylene chain" is a polymethylene group, i.e., -(CH ₂ ) _n -, wherein n is a positive integer, preferably from 1 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 3, from 1 to 2, or from 2 to 3. A substituted alkylene chain is a polymethylene group in which one or more methylene hydrogen atoms is replaced with a substituent. Suitable substituents include those described below for a substituted aliphatic group. An alkylene chain also may be substituted at one or more positions with an aliphatic group or a substituted aliphatic group.

[028] An alkylene chain also can be optionally interrupted by a functional group. An alkylene chain is "interrupted" by a functional group when an internal methylene unit is replaced with the functional group. Examples of suitable "interrupting functional groups" include -C(R*)=C(R*)-, -OC-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O) ₂ -, -S(O) ₂ N(R ⁺ )-, -N(R*)-, -N(R ⁺ )CO-, -N(R ⁺ )C(O)N(R ⁺ )-, -N(R ⁺ )C(=NR ⁺ )-N(R ⁺ )-, -N(R ⁺ )-C(=NR ⁺ )-, -N(R ⁺ )CO ₂ -, -N(R ⁺ )SO ₂ -, -N(R ⁺ )SO ₂ N(R ⁺ )-, -OC(O)-, -OC(O)O-, -OC(O)N(R ⁺ )-, -C(O)-, -CO ₂ -, -C(O)N(R ⁺ )-, -C(O)-C(O)-, -C(=NR ⁺ )-N(R ⁺ )-, -C(NR ⁺ )^N-, -C(=NR ⁺ )-O-, -C(ORO=N-, -C(R ⁰ J=N-O-, or -N(R ⁺ )-N(R ⁺ )-. Each R ⁺ , independently, is hydrogen or an optionally substituted aliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl group, or two R ⁺ on the same nitrogen atom, taken together with the nitrogen atom, form a 5-8 membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring having, in addition to the nitrogen atom, 0-2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S. Each R* independently is hydrogen or an optionally substituted aliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl group.

[029] Examples of C _{3 6} alkylene chains that have been "interrupted" with -O- include -

CH ₂ OCH ₂ -, -CH ₂ O(CH ₂ ) ₂ -, -CH ₂ O(CH ₂ ) ₃ -, -CH ₂ O(CH ₂ ) ₄ -, -(CH ₂ ) ₂ OCH ₂ -, -(CH ₂ ) ₂ O(CH ₂ ) ₂ -, -(CH ₂ ) ₂ O(CH ₂ ) ₃ -, -(CH ₂ )P(CH ₂ )-, -(CH ₂ ) ₃ O(CH ₂ ) ₂ - , and -(CH _j ) ₄ O(CH ₂ )-. Other examples of alkylene chains that are "interrupted" with functional groups include -CH ₂ ZCH ₂ -,

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

-CH ₂ Z(Oy ₂ -, -CH ₂ Z(CH ₂ ) ₃ -, -CH ₂ Z(CHQ ₄ -, -(CH ₂ ) ₂ ZCH ₂ -, -(CH ₂ ) ₂ Z(CH ₂ ) ₂ - _/ -(CH ₂ ) ₂ Z(CH ₂ ) ₃ -, -(CH ₂ ) ₃ Z(CH ₂ )-, -(CH ₂ ) ₃ Z(CH ₂ ) ₂ - , and -(CH ₂ ) ₄ Z(CH ₂ )-, wherein Z is one of the "interrupting functional groups" listed above.

[030] For purposes of clarity, all bivalent groups described herein, including, e.g., the alkylene chain linkers described above and the variables G , L , T , T , i , V , and v , are intended to be read from left to right, with a corresponding left-to-right reading of the formula or structure in which the variable appears.

[031] One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that when an alkylene chain having an interruption is attached to a functional group, certain combinations are not sufficiently stable for pharmaceutical use. Similarly, certain combinations of V , T and R , and certain combinations of V , T , and R would not be sufficiently stable for pharmaceutical use. Only stable or chemically feasible compounds are within the scope of the present invention. A stable or chemically feasible compound is one in which the chemical structure is not substantially altered when kept at a temperature from about -80 ⁰ C to about +40 ⁰ C, preferably -20 ⁰ C to about +40 ⁰ C, in the absence of moisture or other chemically reactive conditions, for at least a week, or a compound which maintains its integrity long enough to be useful for therapeutic or prophylactic administration to a patient.

[032] The term "substituted", as used herein, means that a hydrogen radical of the designated moiety is replaced with the radical of a specified substituent, provided that the substitution results in a stable or chemically feasible compound. The term "substitutable", when used in reference to a designated atom, means that attached to the atom is a hydrogen radical, which can be replaced with the radical of a suitable substituent.

[033] The phrase "one or more substituents", as used herein, refers to a number of substituents that equals from one to the maximum number of substituents possible based on the number of available bonding sites, provided that the above conditions of stability and chemical feasibility are met. Unless otherwise indicated, an optionally substituted group may have a substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and the substituents may be either the same or different.

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[034] As used herein, the term "independently selected" means that the same or different values may be selected for multiple instances of a given variable in a single compound. By way of example, in a compound of formula (T), if Ring B is substituted with two substituents -R ^b , each substituent is selected from the group of defined values for R , and the two values selected may be the same or different.

[035] An aryl (including the aryl moiety in aralkyl, aralkoxy, aryloxyalkyl and the like) or heteroaryl (including the heteroaryl moiety in heteroaralkyl and heteroaralkoxy and the like) group may contain one or more substituents. Examples of suitable substituents on the unsaturated carbon atom of an aryl or heteroaryl group include -halo, -NO ₂ , -CN, -R*, -C(R*)=C(R*) ₂ , -CsC-R*, -OR*, -SR ⁰ , -S(O)R ⁰ , -SO ₂ R ⁰ , -SO ₃ R*, -SO ₂ N(R ⁺ ),, -N(R ⁺ ) ₂ , -NR ⁺ C(O)R*, -NR ⁺ C(O)N(R ⁺ ),, -N(R ⁺ )C(=NR ⁺ )-N(R ⁺ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁺ )C(=NR ⁺ )-R°, -NR ⁺ CO ₂ R ⁰ , -NR ⁺ SO ₂ R ⁰ , -NR ⁺ SO ₂ N(R ⁺ ),, -OC(O)R*, -O-CO ₂ R*, -OC(O)N(R ⁺ ),, -C(O)R*, -CO ₂ R*, -C(O)-C(O)R*, -C(O)N(R ⁺ ) ₂ , -C(O)N(R ⁺ )-OR*, -C(O)N(R ⁺ )C(=NR ⁺ )-N(R ⁺ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁺ )C(=NR ⁺ )-N(R ⁺ )-C(O)R*, -C(=NR ⁺ )-N(R ⁺ ) ₂ , -C(=NR ⁺ )-OR*, -N(R ⁺ )-N(R ⁺ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁺ )-OR*, -C(=NR ⁺ )-N(R ⁺ )-OR*, -C(R°)=N-OR*, -P(O)(R% -P(O)(OR*) ₂ , -0-P(O)-OR*, and -P(O)(NR ⁺ )-N(R ⁺ ) ₂ , wherein R° is an optionally substituted aliphatic, aryl, or heteroaryl group, and R ⁺ and R* are as defined above, or two adjacent substituents, taken together with their intervening atoms, form a 5-6 membered unsaturated or partially unsaturated ring having 0-3 ring atoms selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S.

[036] An aliphatic group or a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring may be substituted with one or more substituents. Examples of suitable substituents on the saturated carbon of an aliphatic group or of a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring include, without limitation, those listed above for the unsaturated carbon of an aryl or heteroaryl group and the following: =O, =S, =C(R% =N-N(R% =N-OR*, =N-NHC(O)R*, =N-NHCO ₂ R°, =N-NHSO ₂ R°, or =N-R*, where each R* and R° is as defined above. Additionally, two substituents on the same carbon atom, taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached may form an optionally substituted spirocyclic 3- to 6-membered cycloaliphatic ring.

[037] Suitable substituents on a substitutable nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl or non- aromatic heterocyclic ring include -R*, -N(R% -C(O)R*, -CO ₂ R*, -C(O)-C(O)R*

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

-C(O)CH ₂ C(O)R*, -SO ₂ R*, -SO ₂ N(R*) ₂ , -C(=S)N(R*) ₂ , -C(=NH)-N(R*) ₂ , and -NR*SO ₂ R*; wherein each R* is as defined above. A ring nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl or non-aromatic heterocyclic ring also may be oxidized to form the corresponding N-hydroxy or N-oxide compound. A nonlirniting example of such a heteroaryl having an oxidized ring nitrogen atom is N-oxidopyridyl.

[038] The term "about" is used herein to mean approximately, in the region of, roughly, or around. When the term "about" is used in conjunction with a numerical range, it modifies that range by extending the boundaries above and below the numerical values set forth. In general, the term "about" is used herein to modify a numerical value above and below the stated value by a variance of 10%.

[039] As used herein, the term "comprises" means "includes, but is not limited to."

[040] It will be apparent to one skilled in the art that certain compounds of this invention may exist in tautomeric forms, all such tautomeric forms of the compounds being within the scope of the invention. Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include all geometric (or conformational) isomers, i.e., (Z) and (E) double bond isomers and (Z) and (E) conformational isomers, as well as all stereochemical forms of the structure; i.e., the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric and diastereomeric mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope of the invention. When a mixture is enriched in one stereoisomer relative to another stereoisomer, the mixture may contain, for example, an enantiomeric excess of at least 50%, 75%, 90%, 99%, or 99.5%.

[041] Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds which differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example, compounds having the present structure except for the replacement of a hydrogen atom by a deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon atom by a C- or C-enriched carbon are within the scope of the invention.

[042] In the compounds of formula (I), Ring A is additionally substituted with 0, 1, or 2 substituents R ^a , where R ^a is as defined above. Preferably, R ^a is selected from the group consisting of halo, C _M . aliphatic, C _{1 4} fluoroaliphatic, -NO ₂ , -CN, -CO ₂ H, -0(C _{1 4} alkyl),

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

-0(C _1. , fluoroalkyl), -S(C _1-4 alkyl), -SO ₂ (C _1-4 alkyl), -NH ₂ , -NH(C _1-4 alkyl), -N(C _1-4 alkyl) _2/ -C(O)NH ₂ , -C(O)NH(C _1-4 alkyl), and -C(O)N(C _1-4 alkyl) ₂ . More preferably, R ^a is selected from the group consisting of, -F, -Cl, -NO ₂ , -CH ₃ , -CF ₃ , -OCH ₃ , -SCH ₃ , -SO ₂ CH ₃ , -CN, -CO ₂ H, -C(O)NH ₂ , -C(O)NHCH ₃ , and -C(O)N(CH ₃ ) ₂ . In certain preferred embodiments Ring A has no substituents R ^' \

[043] In one embodiment, the linker L is a two-carbon alkenylene chain having the formula -C(R ^m )=C(R ⁿ )-, where R ^m and R ⁿ are as defined above. The substituents R ^m and R ⁿ may be in a cis or trans configuration relative to each other. In some embodiments, R ^m and R ⁿ are trans to each other. In some embodiments, R ^m and R" are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, C _1-4 fluoroaliphatic, or a C _1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with one substituent selected from -NH ₂ , -NH(C _1-4 alkyl), -N(C _1-4 alkyl) ₂ , -OH, or -0(C _1-4 alkyl). In certain embodiments, R ^m is hydrogen and R ⁿ is hydrogen, fluoro, -CH ₃ , or -CH ₂ OH. As mentioned above, the bivalent group L is intended to be read from left to right, with the carbon atom bearing R ^m attached to Ring A, and the carbon atom bearing R ⁿ attached to the amide carbonyl.

[044] In another embodiment, the linker L is a two- or three-carbon alkylene chain having the formula -[C(R ^s )(R ^h )] _m -C(R ^j )(R ^k )-, where each of R ^ε , R ^h/ , R ^j , R ^k , and m is as defined above. In some embodiments, R and R are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, fluoro, C _1-4 alkyl, or C ₁₄ fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, the carbon atoms in L are substituted with 0, 1, or 2, preferably O or 1, non-hydrogen substituents. In

. 1 . certain preferred embodiments, L is -CH ₂ -CH ₂ - or -CH ₂ -CH ₂ -CH ₂ -. As mentioned above, the bivalent group L is intended to be read from left to right, with the carbon atom bearing R ^s anc R attached to Ring A, and the carbon atom bearing R' and R attached to the amide carbonyl.

[045] The linker G -,i i .s a one-atom linker selected from the group consisting of

-C(R ^d )(R ^e )-, -C(O)-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O) ₂ -, or -N(R ^f )-, where each of R ^d , R ^e , and R ^f is as defined above. The linker G is attached to Ring A at the positional meta or para to L . When L is -C(R ^m )=C(R ⁿ )-, G preferably is attached to Ring A at the position meta to L .

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[046] When G ¹ is a carbon linker, R ^d and R ^e preferably are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, C _1-4 aliphatic, or C _1-4 fluoroaliphatic. Alternatively, R and R ^e , taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a 3- to 6-membered cycloaliphatic or heterocyclyl ring, preferably a cyclopropyl ring. In some embodiments, each of R and R ^e is hydrogen. When G ¹ is a nitrogen linker, R ^f preferably is hydrogen, -C(O)R ⁵ , or an optionally substituted C _1-4 aliphatic. More preferably, R is hydrogen. Most preferably, G is -O- or -NH-.

[047] In some embodiments of the present invention, the compound of formula (I) is characterized by one or more of the following features:

(a) each R ^a independently is -F, -Cl, -CN, -NO ₂ , C _1-4 alkyl, -CF ₃ , -0(C _1-4 alkyl), -OCF ₃ , -S(C ₁₄ alkyl), -SO ₂ (C _1-4 alkyl), -NH ₂ , -NH(C _1-4 alkyl), -N(C _1-4 alkyl) ₂ , -CO ₂ H, -C(O)NH ₂ , or -C(O)NH(C _1-4 alkyl);

(b) R ^* and R are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, C ₁₄ alkyl, or C _1-4 fluoroalkyl;

(c) L is -C(R ^m )=C(R ⁿ )-, and R ^m and R ⁿ are trans to each other;

(d) R ^m and R ⁿ are each independently hydrogen, fluoro, C _1-4 fluoroaliphatic, or a C ₁₄ aliphatic optionally substituted with one substituent selected from -NH ₂ , -NH(C _1-4 alkyl), -N(C _1-4 alkyl) ₂ , -OH, or -0(C _1-4 alkyl);

(e) L ¹ is -CH ₂ -CH ₂ - or -CH ₂ -CH ₂ -CH ₂ -; and

(f) G ¹ is -O- or -NH-.

[048] In the compounds of formula (I), Ring B is an optionally substituted mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl having one to four ring nitrogen atoms and optionally one or two additional ring heteroatoms selected from oxygen and sulfur. Each substitutable ring nitrogen atom in Ring B is unsubstituted or substituted, preferably with -C(O)R ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -CO ₂ R ⁶ , -SO ₂ R ⁶ , -SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , C _1-4 aliphatic, an optionally substituted C _6-10 aryl, or a C _6-10 ar(C _1-4 )alkyl, the aryl portion of which is optionally substituted. One ring nitrogen atom in Ring B optionally is oxidized. In some embodiments, the substitutable ring nitrogen atoms in Ring B all are unsubstituted, and one ring nitrogen atom optionally is oxidized.

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[049] In some embodiments, Ring B is a radical derived from an aromatic ring system selected from the group consisting of pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, oxadiazole, triazole, thiadiazole, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrrolidine, pyrazine, triazine, indolizine, indole, isoindole, indazole, benzimidazole, benzthiazole, benzoxazole, pyrrolopyridine, imidazopyridine, oxazolopyridine, fhiazolopyridine, triazolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine, purine, triazolopyrimidine, quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, quinazoline, quinoxaline, naphthyridine, and pteridine. Any such ring system optionally is substituted on any substitutable ring carbon or ring nitrogen atom, one ring nitrogen atom optionally is oxidized, and the point of attachment connecting Ring B to G may be on either ring when Ring B is a radical derived from a bicyclic ring system.

[050] Preferably, Ring B is a radical derived from pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, isoxazole, pyridine, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyrrolopyridine, imidazolopyridine, pyrazolopyridine, triazolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine, purine, pyrazolopyrimidine, triazolopyrimidine, benzimidazole, or benzthiazole, wherein Ring B optionally is substituted on any substitutable ring carbon or ring nitrogen atom, and one ring nitrogen atom optionally is oxidized. In certain preferred embodiments, Ring B is an optionally substituted pyridyl or N-oxidopyridyl.

[051] Substitutable ring carbon atoms in Ring B preferably are substituted with 0-2 R and 0-2 R . Each R independently is selected from the group consisting of C _1-4 aliphatic, C _1-4 fluoroaliphatic, halo, -OH, -0(C _1-4 aliphatic), -NH ₂ , -NH(C _1-4 aliphatic), and -N(C _1-4 aliphatic) ₂ . Each R ^b independently is halo, -NO ₂ , -CN, -C(R ⁵ )=C(R ⁵ ) ₂ , -C≡C-R ⁵ , -OR ⁵ , -SR ⁶ , -S(O)R ⁶ , -SO ₂ R ⁶ , -SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -NR ⁴ C(O)R ⁵ , -NR ⁴ C(O)N(R ⁴ ),, -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-R ⁶ , -NR ⁴ CO ₂ R ⁶ , -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ R ⁶ , -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -O-C(O)R ⁵ , -OC(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(O)R ⁵ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ )-OR ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-C(O)R ⁵ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-OR ⁵ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-OR ⁵ , -C(R )=N-OR , or an optionally substituted aliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl.

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[052] In some embodiments, each R independently is selected from the group consisting of C _1-6 aliphatic, C _1-6 fluoroaliphatic, halo, -R ^lb , -R ^2b , -T ^α -R ^lb , -T ^α -R ^2b , -vW-R ^lh , and -V -T -R . The variables T , V , R , and R have the values described below.

[053] T is a C _1-6 alkylene chain optionally substituted with R ^a or R , wherein the alkylene chain optionally is interrupted by -C(R ⁵ )=C(R ⁵ )-/ -OC-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O) ₂ -, -SO ₂ N(R ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )C(O)-, -NR ⁴ C(O)N(R ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )-C(=NR ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )CO ₂ -, -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ -, -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ N(R ⁴ )-, -OC(O)-, -OC(O)N(R ⁴ )-, -C(O)-, -CO ₂ -, -C(O)N(R ⁴ )-, -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-, -C(NR ⁴ )=N(R ⁴ )-, -C(=NR ⁴ )-O-, or -C(R ⁶ )=N-O-, and wherein T ¹ or a portion thereof optionally forms part of a 3-7 membered ring. In some embodiments, T is a C _1-4 alkylene chain optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C _1-3 aliphatic, C ₁₃ fluoroaliphatic, -F, -OH, -0(C _1-4 alkyl), -CO ₂ H, -CO ₂ (C _1-4 alkyl), -C(O)NH ₂ , and -C(O)NH(C _1-4 alkyl), wherein the alkylene chain optionally is interrupted with -N(R ⁴ )-, -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-, -C(NR ⁴ )=N(R ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )-C(=NR ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )-C(O)-, or -C(O)N(R ⁴ )-. In some particular embodiments, T ¹ is a C _1-6 or C _1-4 alkylene chain optionally substituted with -F, C _1-3 alkyl, or C _1-3 fluoroalkyl, wherein the alkylene chain optionally is interrupted by -N(R ⁴ )-, -C(O)-N(R ⁴ )-, -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-, -C(NR ⁴ )=N(R ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )-C(O)-, or -N(R ⁴ )-C(=NR ⁴ )-. In certain particular embodiments, T ¹ is a C _1-4 alkylene chain optionally substituted with -F, C _1-3 alkyl, or C _1-3 fluoroalkyl.

[054] V ¹ is -OC-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O) ₂ -, -SO ₂ N(R ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )-,

-N(R ⁴ )C(O)-, -NR ⁴ C(O)N(R ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )CO ₂ -, -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ -, -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ N(R ⁴ )-, -OC(O)-, -OC(O)N(R ⁴ )-, -C(O)-, -CO ₂ -, -C(O)N(R ⁴ )-, -C(O)N(R ⁴ )-O-, -C(O)N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-C(O)-, -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-, -C(NR ⁴ )=N(R ⁴ )-, -C(=NR ⁴ )-O-, or -C(R ⁶ )=N-O-. In some embodiments, V ¹ is -C(R ⁵ )=QR ⁵ )-, -GO, -O-, -N(R ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )C(O)-, -C(O)N(R ⁴ )-, -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-, -C(NR ⁴ )=N(R ⁴ )-, or -N(R ⁴ )-C(=NR ⁴ )-. In certain preferred embodiments, V ¹ is -N(R ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )-C(O)-, -C(O)N(R ⁴ )-, -C(=NR ⁴ )N(R ⁴ )-, or -N(R ⁴ )-C(=NR ⁴ )-. In certain particular embodiments, V ¹ is -N(R ⁴⁵¹ )-, -N(R ^4x )-C(O)-, -C(O)N(R ⁴ ")-,

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

-C(=NR ^4x )N(R ^4x )-, or -N(R ^4x )-C(=NR ^4x )-, where R ^4x is hydrogen, C _1-4 alkyl, C _1-4 fluoroalkyl, or C _6-10 ar(C _{1 4} )alkyl, the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted. In some embodiments, V ¹ is -C(O)NH-, -NH-C(O)-, or -Q=NH)NH-.

[055] Each R independently is an optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloaliphatic ring. In some embodiments, R is an optionally substituted C _{3 6} cycloaliphatic or an optionally substituted phenyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, or tetrahydropyrimidinyl. In certain preferred embodiments, R is an optionally substituted C _3-6 cycloaliphatic or an optionally substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, or piperazinyl ring.

[056] Each R ^2b independently is -NO ₂ , -CN, -C(R ⁵ )=C(R ⁵ ) ₂ , -C≡C-R ⁵ , -OR ⁵ , -SR ⁶ , -S(O)R ⁶ ,

-SO ₂ R ⁶ , -SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -NR ⁴ C(O)R ⁵ , -NR ⁴ C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-R ⁶ , -NR ⁴ CO ₂ R ⁶ , -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ R ⁶ , -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -O-C(O)R ⁵ , -OC(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(O)R ⁵ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(O)N(RVOR ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-C(O)R ⁵ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-OR ⁵ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-OR ⁵ , or -C(R ⁶ )=N-OR ⁵ . In some embodiments, each R ^2b independently is -OR ⁵ , -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -NR ⁴ C(O)R ⁵ , -NR ⁴ C(O)N(R ⁴ ),, -C(O)N(R ⁴ )-OR ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ )-CO ₂ R ⁵ , ~N(R ⁴ )-C(=NR ⁴ )-R ⁵ or -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ . In some embodiments, each R ^2b independently is -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -NR ⁴ C(O)R ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ , or -OR ⁵ .

[057] Each R ^a independently is selected from the group consisting of -F, -OH,

-0(C _1-4 alkyl), -CN, -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(O)(C _1-4 alkyl), -CO ₂ H, -CO ₂ (C _1-4 alkyl), -C(O)NH ₂ , and -C(O)NH(C _1-4 alkyl).

[058] Each R independently is a C _1-3 aliphatic optionally substituted with R ^a or R , or two substituents R on the same carbon atom, taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a 3- to 6-membered cycloaliphatic ring.

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[059] Each R ⁴ independently is hydrogen or an optionally substituted aliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl group; or two R on the same nitrogen atom, taken together with the nitrogen atom, form an optionally substituted 4- to 8-membered heterocyclyl ring having, in addition to the nitrogen atom, 0-2 ring heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S.

[060] Each R independently is hydrogen or an optionally substituted aliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl group.

[061] Each R independently is an optionally substituted aliphatic, aryl, or heteroaryl group.

[062] Each R independently is an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl ring.

[063] In some embodiments, the substitutable ring carbon atoms in Ring B are substituted with 0-1 R and 0-2 R . More preferably, the substitutable ring carbon atoms in Ring B are substituted with 0-1 R and 0-1 R . In such embodiments, R preferably is selected from the group consisting of C _1-4 aliphatic, C _1-4 fluoroaliphatic, halo, -R , -R , -T -R -T -R , -V'-T'-R ¹¹³ , and -V'-T'-R ² ", where:

T is a C _1-4 alkylene chain optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C ₁₃ aliphatic, C ₁₃ fluoroaliphatic, -F, -OH, -0(C _1-4 alkyl), -CO ₂ H, -CO ₂ (C _1-4 alkyl), -C(O)NH ₂ , and -C(O)NH(C _1-4 alkyl), wherein the alkylene chain optionally is interrupted with -N(R ⁴ )-, -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-, -C(NR ⁴ )=N(R ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )-C(=NR ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )-C(O)-, or -C(O)N(R ⁴ )-;

V ¹ is -C(R ⁵ )=C(R ⁵ )-, -CsC-, -O-, -N(R ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )C(O)-, -C(O)N(R ⁴ )-, -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-, -C(NR ⁴ )=N(R ⁴ )-, or-N(R ⁴ )-C(=NR ⁴ )-;

each R independently is an optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloaliphatic ring; and each R ^2b independently is -NO ₂ , -CN, -C(R ⁵ )=C(R ⁵ ) ₂ , -C≡C-R ⁵ , -OR ⁵ , -SO ₂ R ⁶ , -SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ),, -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -NR ⁴ C(O)R ⁵ , -NR ⁴ C(O)N(R ⁴ ),, -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-R ⁶ , -NR ⁴ CO ₂ R ⁶ , -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ R ⁶ , -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -O-C(O)R ⁵ , -OC(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(O)R ⁵ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ ,

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

-C(O)N(RVOR ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-C(O)R ⁵ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-OR ⁵ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-OR ⁵ ,or -C(R ⁶ )=N-OR ⁵ .

[064] In the compounds of formula (I), Ring C is an optionally substituted 5- or 6- membered aryl or heteroaryl ring having 0-3 ring nitrogen atoms and optionally one additional ring heteroatom selected from oxygen and sulfur. In some embodiments, two adjacent substituents on Ring C, taken together with the intervening ring atoms, form an optionally substituted fused 5- or 6-membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring having 0-3 ring heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S.

[065] In some embodiments, Ring C is an optionally substituted furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, phenyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, or triazinyl, wherein one ring nitrogen atom in Ring C optionally is oxidized.

[066] Each substitutable ring nitrogen atom in Ring C is unsubstituted or is substituted with -C(O)R ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -CO ₂ R ⁶ , -SO ₂ R ⁶ , -SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , or a C _1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with -F, -OH, -O(C ₁₄ alkyl), -CN, -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(O)(C _1. , alkyl), -CO ₂ H, -CO ₂ (C _M alkyl), -C(O)NH ₂ , -C(O)NH(C _1-4 alkyl), or an optionally substituted C _6-10 aryl ring. One ring nitrogen atom in Ring C optionally is oxidized. In some embodiments, each substitutable ring nitrogen atom in Ring C is unsubstituted, and one ring nitrogen atom optionally is oxidized.

[067] Substitutable ring carbon atoms in Ring C preferably are substituted with 0-2 R ^c and 0-2 R ^c . Each R ^c independently is selected from the group consisting of C ₁₄ aliphatic, C ₁₄ fluoroaliphatic, -O(C _α _ ₄ alkyl), -0(C ₁₄ fluoroalkyl), and halo. In some embodiments, R ^c is selected from the group consisting of halo, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, fert-butyl, methoxy, and trifluoromethoxy.

[068] Each R ^c independently is halo, -NO ₂ , -CN, -C(R ⁵ )=C(R ⁵ ) ₂ , -C≡C-R ⁵ , -OR ⁵ , -SR ⁶ ,

-S(O)R ⁶ , -SO ₂ R ⁶ , -SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -NR ⁴ C(O)R ⁵ , -NR ⁴ C(O)N(R ⁴ J ₂ , -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-R ⁶ , -NR ⁴ CO ₂ R ⁶ , -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ R ⁶ , -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -O-C(O)R ⁵ , -OC(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(O)R ⁵ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(O)N(RVOR ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-C(O)R ⁵ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-OR ⁵ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-OR ⁵ ,

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

-C(R ⁶ )=N-OR ⁵ , or an optionally substituted aliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or two adjacent R ^c , taken together with the intervening ring atoms, form an optionally substituted fused 5- or 6-membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring having 0-3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S.

[069] In some embodiments, each R ^c independently is selected from the group consisting of C _{1 6} aliphatic, C _{1 6} fluoroaliphatic, halo, -R ^lc , -R ^2c , -T^-R ²⁰ , and -T^-R ¹⁰ . The variables T ² , R ^lc , and R ^2c have the values described below.

[070] T ² is a C _1-6 alkylene chain optionally substituted with R ^3a or R , wherein the alkylene chain optionally is interrupted by -C(R ⁵ )=C(R ⁵ )-, -G≡C-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, -S(O) ₂ -, -SO ₂ N(R ⁴ )- _/ -N(R ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )C(O)-, -NR ⁴ C(O)N(R ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )CO ₂ -, -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ -, -C(O)N(R ⁴ )-, -C(O)-, -CO ₂ -, -OC(O)-, or -OC(O)N(R ⁴ )-, and wherein T ² or a portion thereof optionally forms part of a 3-7 membered ring. In some embodiments, T is a C _{1 4} or C ₁₄ alkylene chain optionally substituted with R ^a or R . In some embodiments, T is a C _1-4 alkylene chain optionally substituted with one or two groups independently selected from -F, C _1-4 aliphatic, and C _{1 4} fluoroaliphatic.

,1c .

[071] Each R independently is an optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloaliphatic ring.

[072] Each R ^2c independently is -NO ₂ , -CN, -C(R ⁵ )=C(R ⁵ ) ₂ , -C≡C-R ⁵ , -OR ⁵ , -SR ⁶ , -S(O)R ⁶ ,

-SO ₂ R ⁶ , -SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -NR ⁴ C(O)R ⁵ , -NR ⁴ C(O)N(R ⁴ ),, -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-R ⁶ , -NR ⁴ CO ₂ R ⁶ , -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ R ⁶ , -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -O-C(O)R ⁵ , -OC(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(O)R ⁵ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ )-OR ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-C(O)R ⁵ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-OR ⁵ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-OR ⁵ , or -C(R ⁶ )=N-OR ⁵ . In some embodiments, each R ^2c independently is -CN, -C(R ⁵ )=C(R ⁵ ) ₂ , -C≡C-R ⁵ , -OR ⁵ , -SR ⁶ , -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -NR ⁴ C(O)R ⁵ , -NR ⁴ C(O)N(R ⁴ ),, -NR ⁴ CO ₂ R ⁶ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ , or -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ .

[073] The variables R ^a , R , R , R , R , and R have the values described above for Ring

B.

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[074] In some embodiments, the substitutable ring carbon atoms in Ring C are substituted with 0-2 R ^c and 0-1 R ^8c , where:

each R ^c preferably is selected from the group consisting of C _1-4 aliphatic,

C ₁₄ fluoroaliphatic, halo, -R ^2c and -T ² -R ^2c ; or two adjacent R ^c , taken together with the intervening ring atoms, form an optionally substituted fused 5- or 6-membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring having 0-3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S; l is a C _1-4 alkylene chain optionally substituted with one or two groups independently selected from -F, C _1-4 aliphatic, and C _1-4 fluoroaliphatic;

each R ^2c independently is -CN, -C(R ⁵ )=C(R ⁵ ) ₂ , -C≡C-R ⁵ , -OR ⁵ , -SR ⁶ , -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -NR ⁴ C(O)R ⁵ , -NR ⁴ C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -NR ⁴ CO ₂ R ⁶ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ , and -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ ; and

each R ^c independently is selected from the group consisting of C _1-4 aliphatic, C _1-4 fluoroaliphatic, -O(C _1-4 alkyl), -O(C _1-4 fluoroaliphatic), and halo.

[075] In some embodiments, the substitutable ring carbon atoms in Ring C are substituted with 0-2 R ^c and 0-1 R ^c , where:

each R ^c independently is halo, -CN, -C(R ^5x )=C(R ^5x )(R ^5y ), -C≡C-R ^5y , -OR ^5y , -SR ⁶ ", -N(R ^4x )(R ^4y ), -CO ₂ R ⁵ ", -C(O)N(R ^4x )(R ^4y ), or a C _1-4 aliphatic or C _1-4 fluoroaliphatic optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR ^5x , -N(R ^4x )(R ^4y ), -SR ^6x , -CO ₂ R ^5x , or -C(O)N(R ^4x )(R ^4y ); or two adjacent R ^c , taken together with the intervening ring atoms, form an optionally substituted fused 5- or 6-membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring having 0-3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S;

R ^x is hydrogen, C _1-4 alkyl, C _1-4 fluoroalkyl, or C _6-10 ar(C _1-4 )alkyl, the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted, or two R ^x on the same nitrogen atom, taken together with the nitrogen atom, form an optionally substituted 4- to 8-membered heterocyclyl ring having, in addition to the nitrogen atom, 0-2 ring heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S;

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

R ^4y is hydrogen, C _6-10 ar(C _1-4 )alkyl, the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted, an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl ring, or a C _{1 4} alkyl or C _1-4 fluoroalkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR ^Sx , -N(R ^4x ) ₂ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ ", or -C(O)N(R ^4x ) ₂ ; or

R ^4x and R ^4y , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted 4- to 8-membered heterocyclyl ring having, in addition to the nitrogen atom, 0-2 ring heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S; each R ^x independently is hydrogen, C _1-4 alkyl, C _1-4 fluoroalkyl, C _6-10 ar(C _{α 4} )alkyl, the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted, or an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl ring; each R ^5y independently is hydrogen, an optionally substituted C _6-10 aryl, a the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted, or a C _1-4 alkyl or C _{1 4} fluoroalkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR ^5x , -N(R ^4x ) ₂ , -CO ₂ R ^5x , or -C(O)N(R ^4x ) ₂ ; and

each R independently is C _1-4 alkyl, C _1-4 fluoroalkyl, C _6-10 ar(C _M )alkyl, the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted, or an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl ring.

[076] In some embodiments, Ring C is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl substituted with

0-2 R ^c . In some such embodiments, each R ^c independently is selected from the group consisting of -halo, C _1-4 alkyl, C _1-4 fluoroalkyl, -O(C _1-4 alkyl), and -O(C _M fluoroalkyl), or two adjacent R ^c , taken together with the intervening ring atoms, form an optionally substituted fused 5- or 6-membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring having 0-3 ring heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S.

[077] In certain such embodiments, Ring C is selected from the group consisting of:

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[078] Another embodiment of the invention relates to a compound of formula (T), wherein Ring C is an optionally substituted phenyl. Such compounds have the formula (II):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Ring C is substituted with 0-2 R ^c and 0-1 R ^δc ; and

Ring A, Ring B, and the variables G ¹ , L ¹ , R ^a , R ^c , and R ^8c have the values and preferred values described above for formula (T).

[079] In the compounds of formula (IT), when L ¹ is -[C(R ⁸ XR ¹ X-C(R ⁵ XRY, and G ¹ is

-CH ₂ - in the para position, Ring B preferably is other than imidazole.

[080] In some embodiments, Ring C in formula (IT) is selected from the group consisting of:

and ; where each R ^c independently is halo, -CN, -C≡C-R ? ^5o y ^y , - nOτR> ⁵ y ^y , - cSτR> ^6αx

-N(R J ^4X \ )/(TR> ⁴ Λ ^y ), -CO ₂ R , -C(O)N(R ? ^4x \ )/(-Rπ> ⁴ y ^y '), or a C ₁₄ aUphatic or C ₁ ^ fluoroaUphatic optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of

-OR ,5x , -N(R > ^4x \ )/("Ro ⁴ y ^y '), -SR ,6x , -CO ₂ R ,5x , or -C(O)N(R • ^4x \ )(/"-Rπ> ⁴ Λ ^y ); or two adjacent R , taken together with

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

the intervening ring atoms, form an optionally substituted fused 5- or 6-membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring having 0-3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S;

R is C _1-4 aliphatic, C ₁₄ fluoroaliphatic, halo, -CN, -OH, -0(C _1-4 alkyl), -0(C _1. , fluoroalkyl), -S(C _M alkyl), -NH ₂ , -NH(C _1. , alkyl), or -N(C _1. , alkyl) ₂ ;

R ^c is C _1. , aliphatic, C _1. , fluoroaliphatic, or halo; and

the variables R ^4x , R ^y , R ", R ^y , and R ^x have the values described above for formula (I). [081] hi certain embodiments, Ring C is selected from the group consisting of:

[082] hi certain other embodiments, Ring C is selected from the group consisting of:

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[083] The invention also relates to a subgenus of the compounds of formula (I), characterized by formula (III):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is CH or N;

Ring B is substituted with 0-1 R and 0-1 R , and one nitrogen atom in Ring B optionally is oxidized; and

Ring A, Ring C, and the variables G , L , R , and R have the values and preferred values described above for formulae (I) and (II).

[084] In a more particular embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of formula (IV):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

wherein:

X ¹ and X ² are each independently CH or N, provided that X ¹ and X ² are not both N; g is 0 or 1; h is 0 or 1; and

Rings A and C, and the variables L ₇ G ₇ R , and R have the values and preferred values described above for formulae (I) and (II).

[085] In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of formula (IV) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R is selected from the group consisting of halo, -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ , -C(O)-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(O)-N(R ⁴ )-OR ⁵ , -N(R ⁴ )C(O)R ⁵ , -N(R ⁴ )C(O)-OR ⁵ , -N(R ⁴ )C(O)-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ R ⁶ , -C(=NR ⁴ )N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , and -C(=NR ⁴ )N(R ⁴ )-OR ⁵ . In some embodiments, R ^b is -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(O)-N(R ⁴ ),, -N(R ⁴ )C(O)R ⁵ , -C(=NR ⁴ )N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , or -C(=NR ⁴ )N(R ⁴ )-OR ⁵ .

[086] In some embodiments, R is selected from the group consisting of halo,

-N(R^)(R ⁴² ), -CO ₂ R ⁵ ", -C(O)-N(R^)(R ⁴² ), -C(O)-N(R ^4x )-OR ^5x , -N(R ^4x )C(O)R ^5x , -N(R ^4x )C(O)-OR ^5x , -N(R ^4x )C(O)-N(R ^4x )(R ^4z ), -N(R^)SO ₂ R ⁶ ", -C(=NR ^4x )N(R ^4x )(R ^4z ), and -C(=NR ^4x )N(R ^4x )-OR ^5x . In certain such embodiments, R is selected from the group consisting of halo, -NH(R ^z ), -N(R ^4x )(R ^4z ), -CO ₂ R ^5x , -C(O)-NH(R ⁴² ), -C(O)-N(R ^4x )(R ^4z ), -C(O)-NH-OR ⁵ ", -NHC(O)R ^5x , -NHC(O)-OR ^5x , -NHC(O)-N(R^)(R ⁴² ), -NHSO ₂ R ⁶ ", -C(=NH)N(R ^4x )(R ^4z ), -C(=NH)N(R ^4x )(R ^4z ), and -C(=NH)NH-OR ^5x .

[087] In these embodiments, each R ^x independently is hydrogen, C _{1 4} alkyl,

C _1-4 fluoroalkyl, or C _6-10 ar(C _a Jalkyl, the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted, and each R independently is hydrogen, C _1-4 alkyl, C _1-4 fluoroalkyl, C _6-10 ar(C _1-4 )alkyl ₇ the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted, or an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl ring; or R ^x and R ^z , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted 4- to 8-membered heterocyclyl ring having, in addition to the nitrogen atom, 0-2 ring heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S. In some embodiments, R ^x and R , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

they are attached, form an optionally substituted morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, or pyrrolidinyl ring.

[088] Each R ^5x independently is hydrogen, C ₁₄ alkyl, C _1-4 fluoroalkyl, C _6-10 ar(C _1-4 )alkyl, the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted, or an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl ring.

[089] Each R ^6x independently is C _1-4 alkyl, C _1-4 fluoroalkyl, C _6-10 ar(C _α.4 )aIkyl, the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted, or an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl ring.

[090] In some embodiments, R ^b is -N(R ^4x )(R ^4z ), -C(O)-N(R^)(R ⁴² ), or

-C(=NH)N(R ^x )(R ^4z ), where R ^x and R ^4z , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, forma morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, or pyrrolidinyl ring.

[091] In other embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of formula (IV) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R is -V -T -R or -V -T -R , where the variables V ¹ , T ¹ , R ¹ , and R ² have the values described below.

[092] V ¹ is -N(R ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )-C(O)-, -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ R ⁶ , -N(R ⁴ )C(O)-OR ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ )-,

-C(=NR ⁴ )N(R ⁴ )-, or -N(R ⁴ )-C(=NR ⁴ )-. In some embodiments, V ¹ is -N(R ⁴ ")-, -N(R^)-C(O)-, -C(O)N(R ⁴ ")-, -C(=NR ^4x )N(R ^4x )-, or -N(R ^4x )-C(=NR ^4x )-, where R ^4x has the values described above in connection with formula (IV). In some embodiments, V is -C(O)-NH-, -NH-C(O)-, or -C(=NH)NH-.

[093] T is a C _1-4 alkylene chain optionally substituted with -F, C ₁₃ alkyl, or

C ₁₃ fluoroalkyl.

[094] R ,1b i .s an optionally substituted C ₃₆ cycloaliphatic or an optionally substituted phenyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, fhiadiazolyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, or tetrahydropyrimidinyl ring. In some embodiments, R is an

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

optionally substituted C _3-6 cycloaliphatic or an optionally substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, or piperazinyl.

[095] R ^2b is -N(R ⁴ ) _2/ -NR ⁴ C(O)R ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ , or -OR ⁵ . b .

[096] In certain such embodiments, R is selected from the group consisting of:

-C(O)N(R^)(R ⁴² ), s is 2 or 3, and t is 1, 2, or 3.

[097] In some other embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of formula

(IV), wherein R is -T -R or -T -R . T ¹ is a C _{1 6} alkylene chain optionally substituted with -F, C ₁₃ alkyl, or C _1-3 fluoroalkyl, wherein the alkylene chain optionally is interrupted by -N(R )-, -C(O)-N(R ⁴ )-, -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-, -C(NR ⁴ )=N(R ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )-C(O)-, or -N(R ⁴ )-C(=NR ⁴ )-. R ^lb is an optionally substituted C _3-6 cycloaliphatic or an optionally substituted phenyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, or tetrahydropyrimidinyl ring. R ^2b is -OR ⁵ , -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -NR ⁴ C(O)R ⁵ , -NR ⁴ C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ )-OR ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ )-CO ₂ R ⁵ , -N(R ⁴ )-C(=NR ⁴ )-R ⁵ or -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ .

[098] In some such embodiments, R is selected from the group consisting of

-(CH ₂ ) -R ^lx , -(CH ₂ ) -R ^2X , -(CH ₂ ) -R ^2y -(CH ₂ ) -N(R ^4x )-(CH ₂ ) -R ^lx , -(CH ₂ ) -N(R ^4x )-(CH ₂ ) -R ^2x ,

-(CH ₂ ) -N(R ^4x )-(CH ₂ ) _s -R ^2y -(CH ₂ ) -N(R ^4x )C^NR ^4x )-(CH ₂ ) -R ^lx , -(CH ₂ ) -N(R ^4x )C(=NR ^4x )-(CH ₂ ) -R^,

-(CH ₂ ) -N(R ^4x )C(=NR ^4x )-(CH ₂ ) -R ^2y , wherein q is 1, 2, or 3, and s is 2 or 3. R ^lx is an optionally

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

substituted phenyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, or pyrrolidinyl ring. R ^x is -C(O)N(R ^4x )(R ^4z ). R ^2y is -N(R ^4x )(R ^4z ), -NR ^4x C(O)R ^5x , -N(R ^4x )-CO ₂ R ^5x , -N(R ^4x )-C(=NR ^4x )-R ^5x or -OR ^5x . R is hydrogen, C _1-4 alkyl, C _{1 4} fluoroalkyl, or C _6-10 ar(C _w )alkyl, the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted; R ^z is hydrogen, C _{1 4} alkyl, C _1-4 fluoroalkyl, C ₆₄₀ ar(C _{1 4} )alkyl, the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted, or an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl ring; or R ^x and R ^z , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted morphonnyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, or pyrrolidinyl ring. R is hydrogen, C _α _ ₄ alkyl, C _1-4 fluoroalkyl, or C _6-10 a^C^alkyl, the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted.

[099] Another embodiment of the invention relates to a compound of formula (TV) wherein R is -R . In such embodiments, the compound has formula (V):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein:

X and X are each independently CH or N, provided that X and X are not both N; Ring D is an optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or cycloaliphatic ring;

Ring A, Ring C, and the variables R , G , and L have the values and preferred values described above for formulae (I)-(IV); and g is 0 or 1.

1 2

[0100] hi some embodiments, X and X are each CH.

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[0101] Each substitutable ring nitrogen atom in Ring D preferably is unsubstituted or is substituted with -C(O)R ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -CO ₂ R ⁶ , -SO ₂ R ⁶ , -SO ₂ (NR ⁴ ) ₂ , an optionally substituted C _{6 10} aryl, or a C _1-4 aliphatic optionally substituted with R or R ; and one ring nitrogen atom in Ring D optionally is oxidized.

[0102] In some embodiments, Ring D is an optionally substituted heteroaryl or heterocyclyl selected from the group consisting of azetidinyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, fhiadiazolyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, and tetrahydropyrimidinyl. In certain embodiments, Ring D is an optionally substituted imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolinyl, or tetrahydropyrimidinyl.

[0103] Each substitutable saturated ring carbon atom in Ring D preferably is unsubstituted or is substituted with =O, =S, =C(R ⁵ ) ₂ , =N-OR ⁵ , =N-R ⁵ , or -R ^d .

[0104] Each substitutable unsaturated ring carbon atom in Ring D preferably is unsubstituted or is substituted with -R .

[0105] Each R ^d independently is halo, -NO ₂ , -CN, -C(R ⁵ )=C(R ⁵ ) ₂ , -CsC-R ⁵ , -OR ⁵ , -SR ⁶ ,

-S(O)R ⁶ , -SO ₂ R ⁶ , -SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ),, -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -NR ⁴ C(O)R ⁵ , -NR ⁴ C(O)N(R ⁴ ),, -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-R ⁶ , -NR ⁴ CO ₂ R ⁶ , -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ R ⁶ , -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -O-C(O)R ⁵ , -OC(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(O)R ⁵ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ )-OR ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-C(O)R ⁵ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-OR ⁵ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-OR ⁵ , -C(R )=N-OR , or an optionally substituted aliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl.

[0106] In some embodiments, Ring D is substituted with 0-1 R ^d and 0-1 R ^8d . R ^8d is

C _1-4 aliphatic, C _1-4 fluoroaliphatic, halo, -OH, -0(C _1-4 aliphatic), -NH ₂ , -NH(C _1-4 aliphatic), or -N(C _1-4 aliphatic),. R is selected from titie group consisting of C _1-4 aliphatic, C _1-4 fluoroaliphatic, halo, -R ^ld , -R ^2d , -T'-R ¹ ' ¹ , -T ³ -^, -V ³ -! ³ -*", and -V ³ -! ³ -^. The variables T ³ , V ³ , R ^ld , and R ^2d have the values described below.

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[0107] T ³ is a C _1-4 alkylene chain optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C _{1 3} aliphatic, C _{1 3} fluoroaliphatic, -F, -OH, -0(C _1-4 alkyl), -CO ₂ H, -CO ₂ (C _1-4 alkyl), -C(O)NH ₂ , and -C(O)NH(C ₁₄ alkyl). In some embodiments, T ³ is -(CH ₂ )- or -(CH ₂ )--.

[0108] V ³ is -O-, -N(R ⁴ )-, -N(R ⁴ )C(O)-, -C(O)N(R ⁴ )-, -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-, -C(NR ⁴ )=N(R ⁴ )-, or

-N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-.

,ld .

[0109] Each R independently is an optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,

,ld . or cycloaliphatic ring. In some embodiments, R is an optionally substituted phenyl, pyridyl, or pyrimidinyl group.

[0110] Each R ^2d independently is -NO ₂ , -CN, -C(R ⁵ )=C(R ⁵ ) ₂ , -C≡C-R ⁵ , -OR ⁵ , -SO ₂ R ⁶ ,

-SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -NR ⁴ C(O)R ⁵ , -NR ⁴ C(O)N(R ⁴ ),, ~N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-R ⁶ , -NR ⁴ CO ₂ R ⁶ , -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ R ⁶ , -N(R ⁴ )SO ₂ N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -O-C(O)R ⁵ , -OC(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(O)R ⁵ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ )-OR ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -N(R ⁴ )C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-C(O)R ⁵ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-OR ⁵ , -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ )-OR ⁵ ,or -C(R ⁶ )=N-OR ⁵ . In some embodiments, each R independently is selected from the group consisting of -OR , -N(R ) ₂ , -NR C(O)R , -NR ⁴ C(O)N(R ⁴ ),, -O-C(O)R ⁵ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ , -C(O)R ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ )-OR ⁵ , and -C(=NR ⁴ )-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ . In some embodiments, each R ^2d is selected from the group consisting of -OR , -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ , or -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ .

[0111] In some embodiments, Ring D is selected from the group consisting of:

N=N _t where R ^v , R ^w , R ^x , R ^y , and R ^z have the values described

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[0112] R ^v is hydrogen, halo, C _1-4 aliphatic, C ₁₄ fluoroaliphatic, -OR ⁵ , -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ ,

-C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -T^-OR ⁵ , -'f-NCR ⁴ )^ -T^-CO ₂ R ⁵ , -T ³ -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , or an optionally substituted 5- or 6- membered aryl or heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R ^v is hydrogen, halo, C ₁₄ aliphatic, C ₁₄ fluoroaliphatic, -(CH ₂ ) _p -OR ^5x , -(CH ₂ ) _p -N(R ^4x )(R ^4z ), -(CH ₂ )^CO ₂ R ^5* , -(CH ₂ ) _p -C(O)N(R ^4x )(R ^4z ), or an optionally substituted phenyl, pyridyl, or pyrirnidinyl group.

[0113] Each R ^w independently is hydrogen, halo, C _1-4 aliphatic, C ₁₄ fluoroaliphatic, -OR ,

-N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -T'-OR ⁵ , -T ³ -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -T ³ -CO ₂ R ⁵ , -T ³ -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , or an optionaUy substituted 5- or 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl. In some embodiments, each R ^w independently is hydrogen, an optionally substituted phenyl, pyridyl, or pyrirnidinyl group, halo, C ₁₄ aliphatic, C ₁₄ fluoroaliphatic, -(CH ₂ ) _p -OR ^5x , -(CH ₂ ) _p -N(R ^4x )(R ^4z ), -(CH ₂ ) _p -CO ₂ R ^5x , -(CH ₂ ) _p -C(O)N(R ^4x )(R ^4z ), -(CH ₂ ) _ϊ -N(R ^4x )-(CH ₂ ),-R ^lx , -(CH ₂ ) _r N(R ^4x )-(CH ₂ ) _i; -R ^2x , -(CH ₂ ) _ϊ -N(R ^4x )-(CH ₂ ) _s -R ^2y -(CH ₂ ), _; -N(R ^4x )C(=NR ^4x )-(CH ₂ ) _r R ^lx , -(CH ₂ ) _f N(R ^4x )C(=NR ^4x )-(CH ₂ ) ₉ -R ^2x , or -(CH ₂ ) _? -N(R ^4x )C(=NR ^4x )-(CH ₂ ) _ιj -R ^2y . In certain embodiments, each R ^w independently is hydrogen, halo, C ₁₄ aliphatic, C ₁₄ fluoroaliphatic, -(CH ₂ ) _p -OR ^5x , -(CH ₂ ) _p -N(R ^4x )(R ^4z ), -(CH ₂ ) _p -CO ₂ R ^5x , -(CH ₂ ) _P -C(O)N(R^)(R ⁴² ), or an optionally substituted phenyl, pyridyl, or pyrirnidinyl group.

[0114] Each R ^x independently is hydrogen, fluoro, C ₁₄ aliphatic, C ₁₄ fluoroaliphatic,

-CO ₂ R ⁵ , -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -T ³ -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -T'-OR ⁵ , -T^-CO ₂ R ⁵ , or -T ³ -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ . In certain embodiments, each R ^x independently is hydrogen, fluoro, C ₁₄ aliphatic, C ₁₄ fluoroaliphatic, -(CH ₂ ) -CO ₂ R ^x , -(CH ₂ ) _P -C(O)N(R^)(R ⁴² ), -(CH ₂ ) _r -N(R ^4x )(R ^4z ), or -(CH ₂ ) _r -OR ^5x .

[0115] R ^y is hydrogen, halo, C ₁₄ aliphatic, C ₁₄ fluoroaliphatic, -OR ⁵ , -N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ ,

-C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ , -T'-OR ⁵ , -T^-N(R ⁴ ),, -T^-CO ₂ R ⁵ , or -T ³ -C(O)N(R ⁴ ) ₂ . In certain embodiments, R ^y is hydrogen, fluoro, C ₁₄ aliphatic, C ₁₄ fluoroaliphatic, -(CH^-N^XR ⁴² ), -(CH ₂ ) _p -OR ^5x , -(CH ₂ ) _p -CO ₂ R ^5x , -(CH ₂ ) _P -C(O)N(R^)(R ⁴² ).

[0116] Each R ² independently is hydrogen, fluoro, C ₁₄ aliphatic, or C ₁₄ fluoroaliphatic.

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[0117] T ³ is a C _1-4 alkylene chain optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C _{1 3} aliphatic, C _1-3 fluoroaliphatic, -F, -OH, -0(C _1-4 alkyl), -CO ₂ H, -CO ₂ (C ₁₄ alkyl), -C(O)NH ₂ , and -C(O)NH(C ₁₄ alkyl).

[0118] Each R independently is an optionally substituted phenyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, or pyrrolidinyl ring.

[0119] Each R ^2x independently is -C (O)N(R ⁴ ") (R ⁴² ).

[0120] Each R ^2y independently is -N(R^)(R ⁴² ), -NR ^4x C(O)R ^5x , -N(R ^4x )-CO ₂ R ^5x ,

-N(R ^4x )-C(=NR ^4x )-R ^5x or -OR ^5x .

[0121] Each R independently is hydrogen, C ₁₄ alkyl, C ₁₄ fluoroalkyl, or

C _6-10 ar(C ₁₄ )alkyl, the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted, and each R ^z independently is hydrogen, C ₁₄ alkyl, C ₁₄ fluoroalkyl, C _6-10 ar(C _w )alkyl, the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted, or an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl ring; or R ^x and R ^z , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted 4- to 8-membered heterocyclyl ring having, in addition to the nitrogen atom, 0-2 ring heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S.

[0122] Each R independently is hydrogen, C _1-4 alkyl, C ₁₄ fluoroalkyl, C _6-10 ar(C _1-4 )alkyl, the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted, or an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl ring.

[0123] The variable γ is 0, 1, or 2; q is 1, 2, or 3, r is 1 or 2, and s is 2 or 3.

[0124] In more particular embodiments, Ring D is selected from the group consisting of:

[0125] In still more particular embodiments, Ring D is selected from the group consisting of:

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[0126] The invention also relates to a compound of formula (VT):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein: G ¹ is -O- or -NH-;

X and X are each independently CH or N, provided that X and X are not both N; one ring nitrogen atom in Ring B optionally is oxidized; g is 0 or 1; h is 0 or 1; j is 0 or 1; k is 0, 1, or 2; and

Ring A and the variables R , R , R ^m , R ⁿ , R ^c , and R ^c have the values and preferred values described above for formulae (I)-(V).

[0127] In some embodiments, the invention relates to a compound of formula (VI), wherein:

R ^m is hydrogen, and R ⁿ is hydrogen, fluoro, -CH ₃ , or -CH ₂ OH;

1 2

X and X are each CH;

Ring A is substituted with zero occurrences of R ^a ;

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

each R ^c independently is halo, -CN, -C(R ^5x )=C(R ^Sx )(R ^5y ), -C≡C-R ^5y , -OR ^5y , -SR ^6x , -CO ₂ R ^5x ,

-C(O)N(R ^4x )(R ^4y ), or a C ₁₄ aliphatic or C _1-4 fluoroaliphatic optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR , -N(R ^4x )(R ^4y ), -SR ^6x , -CO ₂ R ⁵ ", or -C(O)N(R ^4x )(R ^4y ); or two adjacent R ^c , taken together with the intervening ring atoms, form an optionally substituted fused 5- or 6-membered aromatic or non-aromatic ring having 0-3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S;

R ^4x is hydrogen, C _1-4 alkyl, C _1-4 fluoroalkyl, or C _6-10 ar(C ₁₄ )alkyl, the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted, or two R ^x on the same nitrogen atom, taken together with the nitrogen atom, form an optionally substituted 4- to 8-membered heterocyclyl ring having, in addition to the nitrogen atom, 0-2 ring heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S;

R ^y is hydrogen, C _6-10 ar(C ₁₄ )alkyl, the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted, an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl ring, or a C ₁₄ alkyl or C ₁₄ fluoroalkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -OR ^x , -N(R ^x ) ₂ , -CO ₂ R ^5x , or -C(O)N(R ^4x ) ₂ ; or

R ^x and R ^y , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted 4- to 8-membered heterocyclyl ring having, in addition to the nitrogen atom, 0-2 ring heteroatoms independently selected from N, O, and S; each R ^x independently is hydrogen, C ₁₄ alkyl, C ₁₄ fluoroalkyl, C _6-10 ar(C ₁₄ )alkyl, the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted, or an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl ring; each R ^5y independently is hydrogen, an optionally substituted C _6-10 aryl, a

C _HO ar(C ₁₄ )alkyl, the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted, or a C ₁₄ alkyl or C ₁₄ fluoroalkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

independently selected from the group consisting of -OR ⁵ ", -N(R ^4x ) ₂ , -CO ₂ R ⁵ ", or -C(O)N(R ^4x ) ₂ ; and

each R ^x independently is C _{1 4} alkyl, C _{1 4} fluoroalkyl, C _6-10 ar(C _M )alkyl, the aryl portion of which may be optionally substituted, or an optionally substituted 5- or 6-membered aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl ring.

[0128] The invention also relates to a compound of formula (VIT):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein: g is 0 or 1; j is 0 or 1; fc is 0, 1, or 2; and the variables L , R , R , R ^c , and R ^c have the values and preferred values described above for formulae (I)-(VI).

[0129] In preferred embodiments, the compound of formula (I) is other than:

N-(3-cWoro-2-emyl-4-pyridinyl)-4-[[5-(trifluorornethyl)-2 -pyridinyl]oxy]- benzenepropanamide;

4-[[3-cyano-6-(l-m.emylethyl)2-pyridinyl]oxy]-]V-(2,6-die fhylphenyl)benzenepropanamide;

4-[[5-brorno-4-(2-propynyloxy)-2-pyrirmdmyl]amino-N-(4-hy droxyphenyl)- benzenebutanamide;

4-[(4,5-dmydro-2-miazolyl)arnino]-N-phenyl-benzenebutanar nide;

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

N-(3-cMoro-2-ethyl-4-pyτidinyl)-4-[[5-(trifluoromethyl)- 2-pyridinyl]oxy]- benzenebutanamide; or

4-[[4,6-bis-(3 _/ 5-diamino-l-piperidinyl)-l _/ 3 _/ 5-triazin-2-yl]amino]-β-hydroxy-N-[2- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]benzenebutanamide.

[0130] Specific examples of compounds of formula (I) are shown below in Table 1.

Table 1. Raf Kinase Inhibitors

A-I A-2 A-3

A-4 A-5 A-6

A-10 A-Il A-12

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-13 A-14 A-15

A-16 A-17 A-18

A-19 A-20 A-21

A-22 A-23 A-24

A-25 A-26 A-27

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-28 A-29 A-30

A-31 A-32 A-33

A-34 A-35 A-36

A-37 A-38 A-39

A-40 A-41 A-42

A-43 A-44

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-45 A-46

A-47 A-48

A-50 A-51

A-52 A-53

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-54 A-55

A-56 A-57

A-58 A-59

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-60 A-61

A-62 A-63

A-64 A-65

A-66 A-67

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-68 A-69

A-70 A-71

A-72 A-73

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-74 A-75

A-76 A-77

A-78 A-79

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-80 A-81

A-82 A-83

A-84 A-85

A-86 A-87

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-88 A-89

A-90 A-91

A-92 A-93

A-94 A-95

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-96 A-97

A-98 A-99

A-100 A-IOl

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-102 A-103

A-104 A-105

A-106 A-107

A-108 A-109

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-IlO A-Hl

A-112 A-113

A-114 A-115

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-116 A-117

A-118 A-119

A-120 A-121

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-122 A-123

A-124 A-125

A-126 A-127

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-128 A-129

A-130 A-131

A-132 A-133

A-134 A-135

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-136 A-137

A-138 A-139

A-140 A-141

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Hooσ

A-142 A-143

A-144 A-145

A-146 A-147

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-148 A-149

A-150 A-151

A-152 A-153

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-154 A-155

A-156 A-157

A-158 A-159

A-160 A-161

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-162 A-163

A-164 A-165

A-166 A-167

A-168 A-169

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-170 A-171

A-172 A-173

A-174 A-175

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1ENWOM January 12, 2006

A-176 A-177

A-178 A-179

A-180 A-181

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-182 A-183

A-184 A-185

A-186 A-187

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-188 A-189

A-190 A-191

A-192 A-193

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-194 A-195

A-196 A-197

A-198 A-199

A-200 A-201

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-202 A-203

A-204 A-205

A-206 A-207

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-208 A-209

A-210 A-211

A-212 A-213

A-214 A-215

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-216 A-217

A-218 A-219

A-220 A-221

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-222 A-223

A-224 A-225

A-226 A-227

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-228 A-229

A-230 A-231

A-232 A-233

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-234 A-235

A-236 A-237

A-238 A-239

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-240 A-241

A-242 A-243

A-244 A-245

A-246 A-247

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-248 A-249

A-250 A-251

A-252 A-253

A-254 A-255

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-256 A-257

A-258 A-259

A-260 A-261

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-262 A-263

A-264 A-265

A-266 A-267

A-268 A-269

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-270 A-271

The compounds in Table 1 above also may be identified by the following chemical names:

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM Janitary 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[0131] Additional specific examples of compounds of formula (I) are shown below in

Table 2:

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-I B-2

B-3

B-5 B-6

B-7 B-8

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-9 B-IO

B-Il B-12

B-13 B-14

B-15 B-16

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-17 B-18

B-19 B-20

B-21 B-22

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-23 B-24

B-25 B-26

B-27 B-28

B-29 B-30

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-31 B-32

B-33 B-34

B-35 B-36

B-37 B-38

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-39 B-40

B-41 B-42

B-43 B-44

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-45 B-46

B-47 B-48

B-49 B-50

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-51 B-52

B-53 B-54

B-55 B-56

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-57 B-58

B-59 B-60

B-61 B-62

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-63 B-64

B-65 B-66

B-67 B-68

B-69 B-70

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-71 B-72

B-73 B-74

B-75 B-76

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-77 B-78

B-79 B-80

B-81 B-82

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-83 B-84

B-85 B-86

B-87 B-88

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-89 B-90

B-91 B-92

B-93 B-94

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-95 B-96

B-97 B-98

B-99 B-100

B-IOl B-102

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-103 B-104

B-105 B-106

B-107 B-108

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1KNWOM January 12, 2006

B-109 B-IlO

B-lll B-112

B-113 B-114

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-115 B-116

B-117 B-118

B-119 B-120

B-121 B-122

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-123 B-124

B-125 B-126

B-127 B-128

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-129 B-130

B-131 B-132

B-133 B-134

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-135 B-136

B-137 B-138

B-139 B-140

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-141 B-142

B-143 B-144

B-145 B-146

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-147 B-148

B-149

B-150 B-151

B-152 B-153

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-154 B-155

B-156 B-157

B-158 B-159

[0132] The compounds in Table 2 above also may be identified by the following chemical names:

Chemical Name

B-I: (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH- imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)but-2-enamide

B-2: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-IV -(3- isopropylphenyl)acrylamide

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-3: (2£)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[3-(9H-ptirin -6-yloxy)phenyl]- acrylamide

B-5: (2£)-N-(3-ier^butylphenyl)-3-(3-{[2-(4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazo l-2-yl)pyridin-4- yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-6: 4-(3-{(lE)-3-[(3-terf-buiylphenyl)aπuno]-2-inethyl-3-oxopro p-l-en-l- yl}phenoxy)-N-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide

B-7: (2£)-3-(3-{[2-(4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]ox y}phenyl)-N-[3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

B-8: _. (2E)-JV-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH- imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}benzylidene)butanamide

B-9: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}ρhenyl)-N -[3- fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

B-IO: (2E)-N-(3-chlorophenyl)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4- yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-Il: (2Z)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH- imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-2-fluoroacrylarnide

B-12: (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH- irnidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-2-rnethylacrylainide

B-13: (2E)-N-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-iiiiidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4- yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-14: (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH- imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}pnenyl)acrylamide

B-15: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N- [4-(3- pyrrolidin-l-ylpropyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

B-16: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N- [4-[3- (dirnethylamino)propyl]-3-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]acrylarni de

B-17: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-JV -[4-(3- hydroxypropyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

B-18: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N- [4-(3- pyrrolidin-l-ylprop-l-yn-l-yl)-3-(trifluoroniethyl)phenyl]ac rylarnide

B-19: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N- [4-[3- (dinie&ylarnino)prop-l-yn-l-yl]-3-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]a crylamide

B-20: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-iπύdazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)- N-[4-(3- hydroxyprop-l-yn-l-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

B-21: (2£)-N-[4-(±loro-3-(tofluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(5-mef tyl-lH-irnidazol-2- yl)pyτidin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-22: (2E)-N-[4-bromo-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH- imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-23: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N- [4- ethynyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

B-24: (2E)-N-(3-terf-butylphenyl)-3-{3-[(2-{[(4-eth.ylpiperazin-l- yl)acetyl]arnino}pyridin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl}acrylamide

B-25: 4-(3-{(lE)-3-[(3-fer^butylphenyl)amino]-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl} phenoxy)-N- methylpyridine-2-carboxamide

B-26: 4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-chloro-3-(tofluorornethyl)phenyl]amino}-3-o xoprop-l-en-l- yl)phenoxy]-N-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide

B-27: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N- (3 _/ 3- dirnethyl-l-oxo-2 _/ 3-dihydro-lH-isoindol-5-yl)acrylamide

B-28: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N- (3,3- dixnethyl-l-oxo-l _/ S-dihydro^-benzofurari-S-y^acrylarnide

B-29: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N- [2- (trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]acrylamide

B-30: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N- [4- (trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]acrylamide

B-31: (2E)-N-(3-ter^butyKsoxazol-5-yl)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2- yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-32: (2E)-IV-(5-ferf-butyHsoxazol-3-yl)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2- yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-33: 4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-dιloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]arnino}-3 -oxoprop-l-en-l- yl)phenoxy]-N-(2-methoxyethyl)pyridine-2-carboxamide

B-34: 4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-chloro-3-(tofluoromeib-yl)phenyl]arriino}-3 -oxoprop-l-en-l- yl)phenoxy]-N-(2-piperazin-l-ylethyl)pyridine-2-carboxamide

B-35: 4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-dύoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]arnino}-3- oxoprop-l-en-l- yl)phenoxy]-N-(2-piperidin-l-ylethyl)pyridine-2-carboxamide

B-36: 4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}-3-o xoprop-l-en-l- yl)phenoxy]-N-(cyclopropylmethyl)pyridine-2-carboxamide

B-37: 4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-cWoro-3-(tefluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}-3-oxo prop-l-en-l- yl)phenoxy]-N-[3-(lH-irnidazol-l-yl)propyl]pyridine-2-carbox amide

B-38: 4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-chloro-3-(tofluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}-3-ox oprop-l-en-l- yl)phenoxy]-N-(2-pyrrolidin-l-ylethyl)pyridine-2-carboxamide

B-39: 3-{[(2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)pro p- 2-enoyl]arru^o}-N-[2-(methylamino)eΛyl]-5-(trifluorornethyl )benzarnide

B-40: 3-{[(2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-irnidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)pr op- 2-enoyl]amino}-N-[2-(dirnethylamino)eihyl]-5-(trifluororneth yl)benzar^

B-41: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N- [3- (rnethylarnino)-5-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]acrylatnide

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-42: 3-{[(2£)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)pro p- 2-enoyl]amino}-N-inethyl-5-(trifluoroinethyl)benzainide

B-43: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N- [3- [(methylarnino)methyl]-5-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]acrylarnid e

B-44: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N- [3-(2- pyrrolidin-l-ylethyl)-5-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

B-45: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N- [3-[3- (dirneihylarnino)propyl]-5-(trifluoroniethyl)pheriyl]acrylar nide

B-46: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N- [3-[2- (diinethylarnino)ethoxy]-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylarr� �ide

B-47: (2E)-N-[4-bromo-3-(tofluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(5-methyl -lH-imidazol-2- yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-48: (2E)-N-[4-bromo-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(5-methy l-4 _/ 5-dihydro- lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-49: (2E)-N-[4-brorno-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[3-({2-[5-(hyd roxymetihyl)-lH- imidazol-2-yl]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]acrylamide

B-50: (2E)-N-[4-bromo-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[3-({2-[5-(hydr oxymethyl)-4 _/ 5- dihydro-lH-irnidazol-2-yl]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]acrylamide

B-51: N-methyl-4-[3-((lE)-3-oxo-3-{[4-(3-pyrrolidin-l-ylpropyl)-3- (trifluoromethyl)- phenyl]arnin.o}prop-l-en-l-yl)phenoxy]pyridine-2-carboxarnid e

B-52: 4-[3-((l£)-3-{[4-[3-(dimetirLylarrtino)propyl]-3-(trifluoro methyl)phenyl]amino}- 3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)phenoxy]-N-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide

B-53: 4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-(3-hydroxypropyl)-3-(trifluorome1iιyl)phen yl]arnino}-3- oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)pheπoxy]-N-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide

B-54: N-methyl-4-[3-((lE)-3-oxo-3-{[4-(3-pyrroUdin-l-ylprop-l-yn-l -yl)-3- (trifluoromettιyl)phenyl]amino}prop-l-en-l-yl)phenoxy]pyrid ine-2- carboxamlde

B-55: 4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-[3-(dimethylarruno)prop-l-yn-l-yl]-3-(trifl uoromethyl)- phenyl]arnino}-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)phenoxy]-N-methylpyridine -2- carboxamide

B-56: 4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-(3-hydroxyprop-l-yn-l-yl)-3-(trifluoromethy l)phenyl]amino}- 3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)phenoxy]-N-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide

B-57: (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(lΛ5 _/ 6- tetrahydropyrimidin-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-58: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(5-hydroxy-lΛ5 _/ 6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-yl)pyridin-4- yl]oxy}phenyl)-N-[3-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]acrylarnide

B-59: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(lΛ5,6-tetrahydropyrirnidin-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl ]oxy}phenyl)-IV-[3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-60: 5-{4-[3-((lE)-3-oxo-3-{[3-(1τifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}pro p-l-en-l- yl)phenoxy]pyridin-2-yl}-l _/ 3 _/ 4-oxadiazole-2-carboxamide

B-61: 2-{4-[3-((lE)-3-oxo-3-{[3-(trifluorome1iιyl)phenyl]amino}pr op-l-en-l- yl)phenoxy]pyridin-2-yl}-lH-irrιidazole-5-carboxamide

B-62: 4-[3-((l£)-3-{[3-rnethoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]arnino} -3-oxoprop-l-en-l- yl)phenoxy]-N-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide

B-63: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N- [3- methoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylainide

B-64: 2-{4-[3-((l£)-3-oxo-3-{[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}pro p-l-en-l- yl)phenoxy]pyridin-2-yl}-4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazole-5-carboxylic acid

B-65: (2£)-N-(3 _/ 5-di-teri-butylphenyl)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2- yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}pherιyl)acrylamide

B-66: (2£)-3-(3-{[2-(4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]ox y}phenyl)-N ^' -(3- iodophenyl)acrylamide

B-67: (2£)-N-[4-Aloro-3-(1xifluorometiιyl)phenyl]-3-[3-({2-[(e%l amino)- (knino)rnethyl]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]acrylamide

B-68: (2£)-3-[3-({2-[arruno(iiiuno)meihyl]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl ]-N-[4-bromo-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

B-69: (2£)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N- [4- rnethyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

B-70: (2£)-N-[4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[3-({2-[(5S)- 5-methyl-4 _/ 5- dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]acrylamide

B-71: (2£)-N-[4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[3-({2-[(5R)- 5-methyl-4 _/ 5- dihydro-lH-irnidazol-2-yl]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]acrylamide

B-72: (2£)-N-[4-cWoro-3-(tofluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[3-({2-[imino(r norpholin-4- yl)methyl]pyτidin-4-yl} oxy)phenyl] acrylamide

B-73: (2E)-N-[4-cWoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-{3-[(2-{irnino[ (2-moφholin-4^ yle&yl)airdno]nαethyl}pyτidin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl}acrylarnide

B-74: 4-(3-{(l£)-3-[(3-isopropylphenyl)amino]-3-oxoprop-l-en-l- yl}phenoxy)pyridine-2-carboxamide

B-75: (2E)-3-[3-({2-[(benzylarrmo)(irnino)methyl]pyxidin-4-yl}oxy) phenyl]-IV-[4- iodo-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

B-76: (2E)-3-(2-chloro-3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)- N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

B-77: N-[2-(dimethylaπiino)ethyl]-2-{4-[3-((l£)-3-oxo-3-{[3-(1xi fluoromethyl)phenyl]- arϊύno}prop-l-en-l-yl)phenoxy]pyridin-2-yl}-lH-irnidazole- 5-carboxamide

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-78: N-[2-(dime%lamino)ethyl]-2-{4-[3-((lE)-3-oxo-3-{[3-(trifluor omethyl)- phenyl]anτino}prop-l-en-l-yl)phenoxy]pyridin-2-yl}-4,5-dihy dro-lH- imidazole-5-carboxamide

B-79: (2E)-N-[4-cyano-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-iinidazol- 2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-80: (2E)-N-(3-ter^butylphenyl)-3-(3-{[2-(lΛ5 _/ 6-tetrahydropyrirnidin-2-yl)pyridin- 4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-81: 2-{4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-fluoro-3-(trifluorome&yl)phenyl]amino}-3 -oxoprop-l-en-l- yl)phenoxy]pyridin-2-yl}-N-πιethyl-lH-iniidazole-5-carboxa mide

B-82: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(5-feri-butyl-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]ox y}phenyl)-N-[4- fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

B-83: (2E)-N-(3-ethylphenyl)-3-(3-{[2-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridin-4- yl]oxy}- phenyl)acrylamide

B-84: methyl 2-{4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromeihyl)phenyl]anτino }-3-oxoprop- l-en-l-yl)phenoxy]pyridin-2-yl}-lH-imidazole-5-carboxylate

B-85: methyl 2-{4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-fluoro-3-(taifluoromethyl)phenyl]aniino} -3-oxoprop- l-en-l-yl)phenoxy]pyridin-2-yl}-4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazole-5-carboxylate

B-86: (2E)-N-[4-bromo-3-(1xifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[3-({2-[(hydrox yarnirιo)- (itnino)methyl]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]acrylamide

B-87: (2E)-N-[4-cWoro-3-(Mfluoromemyl)phenyl]-3-[3-({2-[inuno(meth oxyamino)- methyl]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]acrylamide

B-88: 2-[4-(3-{(lE)-3-[(3-fer^butylphenyl)arnino]-3-oxoprop-l-en-l -yl}phenoxy)- pyridin^-ylJ-lAS _/ β-tetrahydropyrimidine^-carboxylic acid

B-89: (2E)-N-[4-fluoro-3-(trifluorometh.yl)phenyl]-3-[3-({2-[(5S)- 5-(methoxymethyl)- 4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-irnidazol-2-yl]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]ac rylainide

B-90: (2E)-N-(2 _/ 3-dihydro-lH-inden-5-yl)-3-(3-{[2-(5 _/ 5-dimethyl-4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH- imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-91: (2E)-N-(3-cUorophenyl)-3-[3-({2-[(emarιirnidoylamino)methyl ]pyridin-4- yl}oxy)phenyl]acrylamide

B-92: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy }phenyl)-N-[3- (methylsulfanyl)phenyl]acrylamide

B-93: 2-{4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}- 3-oxoprop-l-en-l- yl)phenoxy]pyridin-2-yl}-N _/ N-dirnethyl-4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-irnidazole-5- carboxamide

B-94: 2-{4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromemyl)phenyl]amino}-3 -oxoprop-l-en-l- y^phenoxyJpyridin^-ylJ-N _/ N-dirnethyl-lH-iinidazole-S-carboxamide

B-95: (2E)-N-(2 _/ 3-dihydro-lH-inden-5-yl)-3-(3-{[2-

({[irnino(phenyl)rneΛyl]arnino}methyl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}p henyl)acrylarrιide

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-96: (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH- imidazol-2-yl)-3-rnethylpyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-97: (2E)-N-[4-chloro-2-methoxy-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{ [2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro- lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylarrύde

B-98: 4-{3-[(lE)-3-(2 _/ 3-dihydro-lH-inden-5-ylamino)-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl]phen oxy}- N-[2-(dirnethylamino)ethyl]pyridine-2-carboxamide

B-99: fer^butyl [(4-{3-[(lE)-3-(2 _/ 3-dihydro-lH-inden-5-ylamino)-3-oxoprop-l-en-l- yl]phenoxy}pyridin-2-yl)methyl]carbamate

B-100: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(arrunomethyl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N-(2 _/ 3-dihydro-lH- inden-5-yl)acrylamide

B-IOl: (2E)-N-[4-cWoro-2-hydroxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[ 2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro- lH-iiϊiidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylarnide

B-102: 4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-chloro-2-hydroxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] arnino}-3- oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)phenoxy]-N-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide

B-103: 4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-Aloro-2-hydroxy-3-(ωfluoromethyl)phenyl]am ino}-3- oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)phenoxy]-N-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide

B-104: (2E)-N-[4-cWoro-2-hydroxy-3-(trifluoroinethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{ [2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro- lH-itnidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-105: (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(dieihy larrύno)pyrirrύdin- 4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-106: (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-{3-[(2-{[3-

(dirnethylaiΩino)propyl]aEnino}pyrirnidin-4-yl)oxy]pheny l}acrylarrύde

B-107: (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(tritluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-

(isopropylarrmo)pyrirnidin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylarnide

B-108: (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-{3-[(2-{[2-

(dirnethylanπino)ethyl]arrmo}pyrirrddin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl} acrylarrύd

B-109: (2E)-N-[4-(.hloro-3-(tofluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-{3-[(2-piperaz in-l-ylpyrirnidin- 4-yl)oxy]phenyl}acrylamide

B-IlO: (2E)-N-[4-cWoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-{3-[(2-morpholi n-4-ylpyrirrud^ 4-yl)oxy]phenyl}acrylamide

B-lll: (2E)-N-[4-Aloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-{3-[(2-piperidi n-l-ylpyrixnidin- 4-yl)oxy]phenyl}acrylamide

B-112: (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[3-({2-[(4-met hoxybenzyl)- amino]pyτirnidin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]acrylarnide

B-113: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(benzylamino)pyritnidin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N-[4- fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

B-114: (2E)-3-{3-[(2-aminopyrimidin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl}-N-[4-fluoro-3- (trifluorom.ethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-115: (2E)-N-[4-fluoro-3-(Mfluorome&yl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(l-me%l-lH -imidazol-2- yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-116: (2E)-3-(4-chloro-3-{[2-(l-methyl-4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4- yl]oxy}phenyl)-N-[4-fluoro-3-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]acryla irύde

B-117: (2E)-N-[4-cWoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(diethyl amino)pyriiϊύdin- 4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-118: (2E)-3-[3-({2-[(l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)airuno]pyrirnidin-4-y l}oxy)phenyl]-N-[3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

B-119: (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[3-({2-[[3- (dirnethylarrano)propyl](iτιe1hyl)amino]pyrirnidin-4- yl}oxy)phenyl]acrylamide

B-120: (2E)-3-[3-({2-[[2-(dimeΛylamino)ethyl](mefhyl)amino]pyrimid in-4- yl}oxy)phenyl]-N-[3-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

B-121: (2E)-N-[4-cMoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-{3-[(2-pyrroHdi n-l-ylpyriniidin^ 4-yl)oxy]phenyl}acrylamide

B-122: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(4-me&ylpiperazin-l-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl]oxy}phen yl)-N-[3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

B-123: (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromeihyl)phenyl]-3-[3-({2-[(2-ino rpholiα-4- ylethyl)arnino]pyrimidin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]acrylamide

B-124: (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[3-({2-[(4- rnethoxyphenyl)armno]pyrirnidin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]acrylarnide

B-125: tert-butyϊ (l-{4-[3-((lE)-3-{ [4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]aπiino}-3- oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)phenoxy]pyrirnidin-2-yl}piperidin-3-yl)car barnate

B-126: (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(3-aminopiperidin-l-yl)pyriinidin-4-yl]oxy}phe nyl)-N-[4-chloro- 3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

B-127: (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-{3-[(2-{[2-

(diinethylairιino)e&yl]amino}pyriniidin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl} acrylarrύ

B-128: (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-{3-[(2-{[3-(2- oxopyrroHdin-l- yl)propyl]amino}pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl}acrylamide

B-129: 4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-diloro-3-(tofluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}-3-ox oprop-l-en-l- yl)phenoxy]-N-[2-(rnefhylaπιino)-2-oxoethyl]pyridin.e-2-ca rboxainide

B-130: methyl [({4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-cMoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]arnino}- 3-oxoprop- l-en-l-yl)phenoxy]pyridin.-2-yl}carbonyl)amino]acetate

B-131: [({4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-cWoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}-3 -oxoprop-l-en-l- yl)phenoxy]pyridin-2-yl}carbonyl)amino]acetic acid

B-132: N-(2-morpholin-4-ylethyl)-4-[3-((l£)-3-oxo-3-{[4-

(trifluoroinethyl)phenyl]ainino}prop-l-en-l-yl)phenoxy]py ridine-2- carboxamide

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B-133: 4-(3-{(l£)-3-[(3-methylphenyl)arnino]-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl}p henoxy)-N-(2- morpholin-4-yleiiιyl)pyridine-2-carboxamide

B-134: 4-(3-{(l£)-3-[(3-ethylphenyl)amino]-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl}phe noxy)-N-(2- morpholin-4-ylethyl)pyridine-2-carboxamide

B-135: 4-(3-{(l£)-3-[(3-chloro-4-£luorophenyl)amino]-3-oxoprop-l- en-l-yl}phenoxy)- N-(2-morpholin-4-yletlτ.yl)pyridine-2-carboxamide

B-136: 4-(3-{(lE)-3-[(4-cMoro-3-fluorophenyl)ainino]-3-oxoprop-l-en -l-yl}phenoxy)- N-(2-morpholin-4-ylethyl)pyridine-2-carboxamide

B-137: 4-(3-{(lE)-3-[(3-brornophenyl)arnino]-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl}ph enoxy)-IV-(2- morpholin-4-yleihyl)pyridine-2-carboxamide

B-138: 4-(3-{(lE)-3-[(4-chloro-3-cyanophenyl)amino]-3-oxoprop-l-en- l-yl}phenoxy)- N-(2-morpholin-4-ylethyl)pyridine-2-carboxaniide

B-139: (2E)-N-(3-ferrtutylphenyl)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4- yl]oxy}phenyl)-2-methylacrylamide

B-140: (2E)-N-(3-te^butylphenyl)-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dniydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4- yl]oxy}phenyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)acrylamide

B-141: 4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-(aminomethyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ami no}-3-oxoprop-l- en-l-yl)phenoxy]-N-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide

B-142: 4-[3-((lE)-3-{[3-arrmo-5-(ωfluoromethyl)phenyl]arnino}-3-ox oprop-l-en-l- yl)phenoxy]-N-methylpyτidine-2-carboxamide

B-143: (2E)-N-[3-amino-5-(tτifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH- imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-144: 4-[3-((lE)-3-{[3-(2-aminoethyl)-5-(trlfluoromelhyl)phenyl]am ino}-3-oxoprop-l- en-l-yl)phenoxy]-N-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide

B-145: (2E)-N-[3-(2-aminoethyl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2 -(4,5-dihydro-lH- imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-146: (2E)-N-[4-(aminomethyl)-3-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2 -(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH- knidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)acrylamide

B-147: (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH- irnidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]rnethyl}phenyl)acrylamide

B-148: (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH- iirύdazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]stdfanyl}phenyl)acrylamide

B-149: (2£)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2--(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH- irnidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]arrιin.o}phenyl)acrylarnide B-150- ^N -{4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-ethyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ami no}-3-oxoprop-l-en-l- y^phenoxyjpyridin^-yljcyclopropanecarboxamide _B _ ₁₅₁ . N-{4-[3-((lE)-3-{[4-[(dimethylamino)meihyl]-3-

(Mfluororneihyl)phenyl]amino}-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)phenoxy ]pyridin-2- yljcyclopropanecarboxamide

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

B- N-{4-[3-((lE)-3-{[3-(2-arninoethyl)-5-(trifluorome&yl)phenyl ]amino}-3- oxoprop-l-en-l-yl)phenoxy]pyridm-2-yl}cydopropanecarboxa:mid e B-153- ^N ΛM3A(^E)-3-[(3-tert-buty\ph.enyϊ)aτmno]-3-oxoprop-l -en-l- yl}phenoxy)pyridin-2-yl]cyclopropanecarboxamide B-154- ^w -{4-[3-((l£)-3-{[4-ddoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ar riino}-3-oxoprop-l-en-l- yl)phenoxy]pyτidm-2-yl}cyclopropanecarboxamide _B _ ₁₅₅ . (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(acetylamino)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-iV-[4-et hyl-3-

(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide _B _ ₁₅₆ . (2£)-3-(3-{[2-(acetylamino)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N-[4-

[(dirnethylarrmo)rnethyl]-3-(1xifluoromethyl)phenyl]acryl amide B-157- ( ^2E )- ³ -( ³ -{[ ² -( ^ace ty ^laπ ^°)py ^ri din-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N-[3-(2-arninoethyl)-5-

(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide B-158 ( ² E)-3-(3-{[2-(acetylarnino)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N-( 3-terf-butylphenyl)- acrylamide _B _ ₁₅₉ (2E)-3-(3-{[2-(acetylamino)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N-[4-chl oro-3-

(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

General Synthetic Methodology

[0133] The compounds of the present invention can be prepared by methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art and/or by reference to the schemes shown below and the synthetic examples that follow. Exemplary synthetic routes are set forth in Schemes below, and in the Examples.

[0134] Compounds of formula (I) wherein G is -O-, -S-, or -NH- may be prepared as outlined in Scheme 1 below:

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Scheme 1

NaH DMF

^w I

Mβo

[0135] Acids i (W = SH, NH ₂ or OH) are commercially available, or are synthesized by procedures known in the art. The acid i is coupled under standard amide formation conditions to an aniline to provide amide ii. Amide ii (W = OH or SH) and a 4-chloropyridine derivative are then dissolved in DMPU and DMF, and the resultant solution is treated with potassium tβrt- butoxide. The reaction mixture is warmed to 100 ⁰ C for at least 4 hours to provide the desired biaryl ether iii. Compounds iii wherein G is -NH- are prepared by irradiating a solution of BOC protected aniline ii (W = NH ₂ ) and a 4-chloropyridine derivative in NMP at elevated temperatures.

[0136] In an alternative approach, the biaryl ether bond can be formed first by reacting acid i with a 4-chloropyridine derivative in DMF in the presence of cesium carbonate or another base. This provides acid iv, which is then treated with an aryl or heteroaryl amine in the presence of coupling agents to give the desired amides iii. In some cases, the required acid i is not commercially available, but the corresponding methyl ether v is. For these cases acid v is converted to the amide under standard conditions and then treated with boron tribromide in methylene chloride to effect the deprotection of the phenol and provide amide vi. Ether formation is then accomplished as described above to provide the biaryl ether iii.

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[0137] When the desired cinnamic amide is not commercially available, it can be prepared as shown in Scheme 2.

Scheme 2:

1) Pd(PPh ₃ ) ₄ , Et ₃ N

O O 221) AArrNNHH, ₂ E Ett, ₃ NN δ n

[0138] Acrylic acid vii is converted to the acid chloride with oxalyl chloride, and the resulting acid chloride is reacted with an aniline in the presence of base. The resulting acrylamide viii is then reacted with an appropriately substituted aryl iodide ix in the presence of a palladium catalyst and a base to give the cinnamide vi.

[0139] Compounds of formula (J) wherein L is saturated and ring B is a heteroaromatic ring represented by Ar' can be prepared from the cinnamic amide iii by reduction in the presence of palladium and hydrogen as shown in Scheme 3.

Scheme 3

iii . x

[0140] Compounds of formula (I) wherein L is substituted with nitrogen can be prepared as shown in Scheme 4.

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Scheme 4:

xii xiϊi

R ^m , R ⁿ = NH ₂ , H

XlV

[0141] An appropriately substituted β-amino acid xii is treated with di-t- butoxycarbonyl anhydride to protect the amine. This protected amine is then dissolved in DMF and treated with a 4-chloropyridine in the presence of Cs ₂ CO ₃ as described above to provide biaryl ether xiv. Amide coupling and BOC deprotection afford β-amino amides xv which are further elaborated using standard amide formation conditions, reductive amination, or sulfonamide formation conditions to provide N-substituted derivatives of xv.

[0142] Compounds of formula (I) wherein G is -CH ₂ - may be prepared as shown in

Scheme 5.

Scheme 5:

[0143] Commercially available nitrobenzyl pyridine xvi is reduced to the aniline in the presence of hydrogen and catalytic palladium on carbon. The resulting aniline is then converted

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

to the iodide. Heck coupling of xvii with an acrylamide viii provides cinnamide xviii, which can be reduced by catalytic hydrogenation to provide the desired hydrocinnamides xix.

[0144] Compounds of formula (I) wherein G -,i i .s -CH ₂ - may also be prepared as depicted in Scheme 6.

Scheme 6:

XXII

xxiii XXlV

[0145] Known aniline xx can be converted to iodide xxi under standard Sandmeyer conditions. Oxidation of the pyridine nitrogen, followed by treatment with an appropriate nucleophile results in substituted pyridine xxii. Heck coupling of this iodide with an acrylamide viii results in cinnamide xxiii which can be reduced by catalytic hydrogenation to provide the desired hydrocinnamides xxiv.

[0146] One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that additional compounds of formula (T) may be prepared by methods analogous to those depicted in Schemes 1-6 by changing the starting materials or reagents.

Uses, Formulation, and Administration

[0147] As discussed above, the present invention provides compounds that are inhibitors of Raf kinases. The compounds can be assayed in vitro or in vivo for their ability to bind to and/or inhibit a Raf kinase. In vitro assays include assays to determine inhibition of the ability of the kinase to phosphorylate a substrate protein or peptide. Alternate in vitro assays quantitate the ability of the compound to bind to the kinase. Inhibitor binding may be measured by radiolabelling the inhibitor prior to binding, isolating the inhibitor/ kinase complex and determining the amount of radiolabel bound. Alternatively, inhibitor binding

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

may be determined by running a competition experiment in which new inhibitors are incubated with the kinase bound to a known radioligand. The compounds also can be assayed for their ability to affect cellular or physiological functions mediated by protein kinase activity. Assays for each of these activities are described in the Examples and/or are known in the art.

[0148] In another aspect, therefore, the invention provides a method for inhibiting Raf kinase activity in a cell, comprising contacting a cell in which inhibition of a Raf kinase is desired with a compound of formula (I). In some embodiments, the compound of formula (I) interacts with and reduces the activity of more than one Raf kinase enzyme in the cell. By way of example, when assayed against B-Raf and C-Raf, some compounds of formula (I) show inhibition of both enzymes. In some embodiments, the compound of formula (I) is selective, i.e., the concentration of the compound that is required for inhibition of one Raf kinase enzymes is lower, preferably at least 2-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, or 50-fold lower, than the concentration of the compound required for inhibition of another Raf kinase enzyme.

[0149] In some embodiments, the compound of formula (I) inhibits one or more Raf kinase enzymes at a concentration that is lower than the concentration of the compound required for inhibition of other, unrelated, kinase enzymes. In some other embodiments, in addition to inhibiting Raf kinase, the compound formula (I) also inhibits one or more other kinase enzymes, preferably other kinase enzymes involved in tumor cell proliferation.

[0150] The invention thus provides a method for inhibiting cell proliferation, comprising contacting a cell in which such inhibition is desired with a compound of formula (I). The phrase "inhibiting cell proliferation" is used to denote the ability of a compound of formula (T) to inhibit cell number or cell growth in contacted cells as compared to cells not contacted with the inhibitor. An assessment of cell proliferation can be made by counting cells using a cell counter or by an assay of cell viability, e.g., an MTT or WST assay. Where the cells are in a solid growth (e.g., a solid tumor or organ), such an assessment of cell proliferation can be made by measuring the growth, e.g., with calipers, and comparing the size of the growth of contacted cells with non-contacted cells.

[0151] Preferably, the growth of cells contacted with the inhibitor is retarded by at least about 50% as compared to growth of non-contacted cells, hi various embodiments, cell proliferation of contacted cells is inhibited by at least about 75%, at least about 90%, or at least

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

about 95% as compared to non-contacted cells. In some embodiments, the phrase "inhibiting cell proliferation" includes a reduction in the number of contacted cells, as compare to non- contacted cells. Thus, a kinase inhibitor that inhibits cell proliferation in a contacted cell may induce the contacted cell to undergo growth retardation, to undergo growth arrest, to undergo programmed cell death (i.e., apoptosis), or to undergo necrotic cell death.

[0152] In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) as defined above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

[0153] If pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention are utilized in these compositions, the salts preferably are derived from inorganic or organic acids and bases. For reviews of suitable salts, see, e.g., Berge et al, /. Pharm. Sd. 66:1-19 (1977) and Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Ed., ed. A. Gennaro, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2000.

[0154] Nonlimiting examples of suitable acid addition salts include the following: acetate, adipate, alginate, aspartate, benzoate, benzene sulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, citrate, camphorate, camphor sulfonate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, lucoheptanoate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, lactate, maleate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, oxalate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenyl-propionate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, succinate, tartrate, thiocyanate, tosylate and undecanoate.

[0155] Suitable base addition salts include, without limitation, ammonium salts, alkali metal salts, such as sodium and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts, such as calcium and magnesium salts, salts with organic bases, such as dicyclohexylamine salts, N-methyl-D- glucamine, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine, and so forth.

[0156] Also, basic nitrogen-containing groups may be quaternized with such agents as lower alkyl halides, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chloride, bromides and iodides; dialkyl sulfates, such as dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl and diamyl sulfates, long chain halides such as decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides, aralkyl halides, such as

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

benzyl and phenethyl bromides and others. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products are thereby obtained.

[0157] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" is used herein, to refer to a material that is compatible with a recipient subject, preferably a mammal, more preferably a human, and is suitable for delivering an active agent to the target site without terminating the activity of the agent. The toxicity or adverse effects, if any, associated with the carrier preferably are commensurate with a reasonable risk/benefit ratio for the intended use of the active agent.

[0158] The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be manufactured by methods well known in the art such as conventional granulating, mixing, dissolving, encapsulating, lyophilizing, or emulsifying processes, among others. Compositions may be produced in various forms, including granules, precipitates, or particulates, powders, including freeze dried, rotary dried or spray dried powders, amorphous powders, tablets, capsules, syrup, suppositories, injections, emulsions, elixirs, suspensions or solutions. Formulations may optionally contain stabilizers, pH modifiers, surfactants, bioavailability modifiers and combinations of these.

[0159] Pharmaceutical formulations may be prepared as liquid suspensions or solutions using a liquid, such as, but not limited to, an oil, water, an alcohol, and combinations of these. Pharmaceutically suitable surfactants, suspending agents, or emulsifying agents, may be added for oral or parenteral administration. Suspensions may include oils, such as but not limited to, peanut oil, sesame oil, cottonseed oil, corn oil and olive oil. Suspension preparation may also contain esters of fatty acids such as ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, fatty acid glycerides and acetylated fatty acid glycerides. Suspension formulations may include alcohols, such as, but not limited to, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, hexadecyl alcohol, glycerol and propylene glycol. Ethers, such as but not limited to, poly(ethyleneglycol) , petroleum hydrocarbons such as mineral oil and petrolatum; and water may also be used in suspension formulations.

[0160] Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that may be used in these compositions include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water,

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene glycol and wool fat.

[0161] According to a preferred embodiment, the compositions of this invention are formulated for pharmaceutical administration to a mammal, preferably a human being. Such pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally or via an implanted reservoir. The term "parenteral" as used herein includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-articular, intra-synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques. Preferably, the compositions are administered orally, intravenously, or subcutaneously. The formulations of the invention may be designed to be short-acting, fast-releasing, or long-acting. Still further, compounds can be administered in a local rather than systemic means, such as administration (e.g., by injection) at a tumor site.

[0162] Sterile injectable forms of the compositions of this invention may be aqueous or oleaginous suspension. These suspensions may be formulated according to techniques^known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or di-glycerides. Fatty acids, such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically- acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions. These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, such as carboxymethyl cellulose or similar dispersing agents which are commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms including emulsions and suspensions. Other commonly used surfactants, such as Tweens, Spans and other emulsifying agents or bioavailability enhancers which are commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

acceptable solid, liquid, or other dosage forms may also be used for the purposes of formulation. Compounds may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection such as by bolus injection or continuous infusion. A unit dosage form for injection may be in ampoules or in multi- dose containers.

[0163] The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be orally administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, aqueous suspensions or solutions. In the case of tablets for oral use, carriers that are commonly used include lactose and corn starch. Lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, are also typically added. For oral administration in a capsule form, useful diluents include lactose and dried cornstarch. When aqueous suspensions are required for oral use, the active ingredient is combined with emulsifying and suspending agents. If desired, certain sweetening, flavoring or coloring agents may also be added.

[0164] Alternatively, the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration. These may be prepared by mixing the agent with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at room temperature but liquid at rectal temperature and therefore will melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials include cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols.

[0165] The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may also be administered topically, especially when the target of treatment includes areas or organs readily accessible by topical application, including diseases of the eye, the skin, or the lower intestinal tract. Suitable topical formulations are readily prepared for each of these areas or organs.

[0166] Topical application for the lower intestinal tract may be effected in a rectal suppository formulation (see above) or in a suitable enema formulation. Topically- transdermal patches may also be used. For topical applications, the pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated in a suitable ointment containing the active component suspended or dissolved in one or more carriers. Carriers for topical administration of the compounds of this invention include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water. Alternatively, the pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated in a suitable lotion or cream containing the active components suspended or dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

acceptable carriers. Suitable carriers include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.

[0167] For ophthalmic use, the pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated as micronized suspensions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, or, preferably, as solutions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, either with our without a preservative such as benzylalkorύum chloride. Alternatively, for ophthalmic uses, the pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum.

[0168] The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may also be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation. Such compositions are prepared according to techniques well known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and may be prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other conventional solubilizing or dispersing agents.

[0169] The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention preferably are formulated for administration to a patient having, or at risk of developing or experiencing a recurrence of, a Raf kinase-mediated disorder. The term "patient", as used herein, means an animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a human. Preferred pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are those formulated for oral, intravenous, or subcutaneous administration. However, any of the above dosage forms containing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention are well within the bounds of routine experimentation and therefore, well within the scope of the instant invention. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may further comprise another therapeutic agent. In some embodiments, such other therapeutic agent is one that is normally administered to patients with the disease or condition being treated.

[0170] By "therapeutically effective amount" is meant an amount sufficient to cause a detectable decrease in protein kinase activity or the severity of a Raf kinase-mediated disorder. The amount of Raf kinase inhibitor needed will depend on the effectiveness of the inhibitor for the given cell type and the length of time required to treat the disorder. It should also be understood that a specific dosage and treatment regimen for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age,

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

body weight, general health, sex, and diet of the patient, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combinations, the judgment of the treating physician, and the severity of the particular disease being treated. The amount of additional therapeutic agent present in a composition of this invention typically will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered in a composition comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent. Preferably, the amount of additional therapeutic agent will range from about 50% to about 100% of the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only therapeutically active agent.

[0171] In another aspect, the invention provides a method for treating a patient having, or at risk of developing or experiencing a recurrence of, a Raf kinase-mediated disorder. As used herein, the term "Raf kinase-mediated disorder" includes any disorder, disease or condition which is caused or characterized by an increase in Raf kinase expression or activity, or which requires Raf kinase activity. The term "Raf kinase-mediated disorder" also includes any disorder, disease or condition in which inhibition of Raf kinase activity is beneficial.

[0172] The Raf kinase inhibitors of the invention can be used to achieve a beneficial therapeutic or prophylactic effect, for example, in subjects with a proliferative disorder. Non- limiting examples of proliferative disorders include chronic inflammatory proliferative disorders, e.g., psoriasis and rheumatoid arthritis; proliferative ocular disorders, e.g., diabetic retinopathy; benign proliferative disorders, e.g., hemangiomas; and cancer. As used herein, the term "cancer" refers to a cellular disorder characterized by uncontrolled or disregulated cell proliferation, decreased cellular differentiation, inappropriate ability to invade surrounding tissue, and/or ability to establish new growth at ectopic sites. The term "cancer" includes, but is not limited to, solid tumors and bloodborne tumors. The term "cancer" encompasses diseases of skin, tissues, organs, bone, cartilage, blood, and vessels. The term "cancer" further encompasses primary and metastatic cancers.

[0173] Non-limiting examples of solid tumors that can be treated with the disclosed Raf kinase inhibitors include pancreatic cancer; bladder cancer; colorectal cancer; breast cancer, including metastatic breast cancer; prostate cancer, including androgen-dependent and androgen-independent prostate cancer; renal cancer, including, e.g., metastatic renal cell carcinoma; hepatocellular cancer; lung cancer, including, e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), bronchioloalveolar carcinoma (BAC), and adenocarcinoma of the lung; ovarian

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

cancer, including, e.g., progressive epithelial or primary peritoneal cancer; cervical cancer; gastric cancer; esophageal cancer; head and neck cancer, including, e.g., squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck; skin cancer, including e.g., malignant melanoma; neuroendocrine cancer, including metastatic neuroendocrine tumors; brain tumors, including, e.g., glioma, anaplastic oligodendroglioma, adult glioblastoma multiforme, and adult anaplastic astrocytoma; bone cancer; soft tissue sarcoma; and thyroid carcinoma.

[0174] Non-limiting examples of hematologic malignancies that can be treated with the disclosed Raf kinase inhibitors include acute myeloid leukemia (AML); chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), including accelerated CML and CML blast phase (CML-BP); acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL); chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL); Hodgkin's disease (HD); non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (NHL), including follicular lymphoma and mantle cell lymphoma; B-cell lymphoma; T-cell lymphoma; multiple myeloma (MM); Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia; myelodysplastic syndromes (MDS), including refractory anemia (RA), refractory anemia with ringed siderblasts (RARS), (refractory anemia with excess blasts (RAEB), and RAEB in transformation (RAEB-T); and myeloproliferative syndromes.

[0175] The compounds of formula (I) are particularly useful in the treatment of cancers or cell types characterized by aberrant activation of the Ras-Raf-MEK-ERK pathway, including, without limitation, those characterized by an activating Ras and /or Raf mutation. In some embodiments, the compound or composition of the invention is used to treat a patient having or at risk of developing or experiencing a recurrence in a cancer selected from the group consisting of melanoma, colon, lung, breast, ovarian, sarcoma and thyroid cancer. In certain embodiments, the cancer is a melanoma.

[0176] In some embodiments, the Raf kinase inhibitor of the invention is administered in conjunction with another therapeutic agent. In some embodiments, the other therapeutic agent is one that is normally administered to patients with the disease or condition being treated. The Raf kinase inhibitor of the invention may be administered with the other therapeutic agent in a single dosage form or as a separate dosage form. When administered as a separate dosage form, the other therapeutic agent may be administered prior to, at the same time as, or following administration of the protein kinase inhibitor of the invention.

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[0177] In some embodiments, a Raf kinase inhibitor of formula (T) is administered in conjunction with an anticancer agent. As used herein, the term "anticancer agent" refers to any agent that is administered to a subject with cancer for purposes of treating the cancer. Nonlimiting examples anticancer agents include: radiotherapy; immunotherapy; DNA damaging chemotherapeutic agents; and chemotherapeutic agents that disrupt cell replication.

[0178] Non-limiting examples of DNA damaging chemotherapeutic agents include topoisomerase I inhibitors (e.g., irinotecan, topotecan, camptothecin and analogs or metabolites thereof, and doxorubicin); topoisomerase II inhibitors (e.g., etoposide, teniposide, and daunorubicin); alkylating agents (e.g., melphalan, chlorambucil, busulfan, thiotepa, ifosfamide, carmustine, lomustine, semustine, streptozocin, decarbazine, methotrexate, mitomycin C, and cyclophosphamide); DNA intercalators (e.g., cisplatin, oxaliplatin, and carboplatin); DNA intercalators and free radical generators such as bleomycin; and nucleoside mimetics (e.g., 5- fluorouracil, capecitibine, gemcitabine, fludarabine, cytarabine, mercaptopurine, thioguanine, pentostatin, and hydroxyurea).

[0179] Chemotherapeutic agents that disrupt cell replication include: paclitaxel, docetaxel, and related analogs; vincristine, vinblastin, and related analogs; thalidomide and related analogs (e.g., CC-5013 and CC-4047); protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors (e.g., imatinib mesylate and gefitinib); proteasome inhibitors (e.g., bortezomib); NF-κB inhibitors, including inhibitors of IKB kinase; antibodies which bind to proteins overexpressed in cancers and thereby downregulate cell replication (e.g., trastuzumab, rituximab, cetuximab, and bevacizumab); and other inhibitors of proteins or enzymes known to be upregulated, over-expressed or activated in cancers, the inhibition of which downregulates cell replication.

[0180] In order that this invention be more fully understood, the following preparative and testing examples are set forth. These examples illustrate how to make or test specific compounds, and are not to be construed as limiting the scope of the invention in any way.

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

EXAMPLES

Definitions

AcOH acetic acid

ACN acetonitrile

ATP adenosine triphosphate

BCA bicinchoninic acid

BSA bovine serum albumin

Boc ferf-butoxycarbonyl

DABCO l,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane

DCE dichloroethane

DCM dichloromethane

DIPEA dϋsopropyl ethyl amine

DMEM Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium

DMF dimethylformamide

DMPU l _/ 3-dirnetiiyl-3,4 _/ 5 _/ 6-tetrahydro-2(lH)-pyrirnidinone

DTT dithiothreitol

EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid

EtOAc ethyl acetate

FA formic acid

FBS fetal bovine serum

HATU ©-(Z-Azabenzotriazol-l-y^-N^N^N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate

HEPES N-(2-Hydroxyethyl)piperazine-JV'-(2-ethanesulfonic acid)

KHMDS potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide

KOi-Bu potassium ferf-butoxide

LDA lithium diisopropyl amide

Me methyl

MeOH methanol

MTT methylthiazoletetrazolium

MWI microwave irradiation

NMP l-Methyl-2-pyrrolidinone

PBS phosphate buffered saline

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

PKA cAMP-dependent protein kinase p-TSA • pαrø-toluene sulfonic acid

TBS tørt-butyldimethyl silyl

TBTU O-ClH-benzotriazol-l-y^-N^N' _/ N'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate

TEA trietlαylamine

TFFH Fluoro-N^N'-tetramemylformamidimiim hexafluorophosphate

THF tetrahydrofuran

TMB 3,3',5,5 -Tetramethylbenzidine

WST (4-[3-(4-iodophenyl)-2-(4-nitrophenyl)-2H-5-tetrazolio]-l,3- benzene disulfonate sodium salt) h hours min minutes rt room temperature m/z mass to charge

MS mass spectrum

LCMS liquid chromatography mass spectrum

HRMS high resolution mass spectrum

Analytical LC-MS Methods

LCMS conditions

[0181] Spectra were run on a Phenominex Luna 5μm C1850 x 4.6 mm column on a

Hewlett-Packard HPIlOO at 2.5 ml/min for a 3 minute run using the following gradients:

Method Formic Acid (FA): Acetonitrile containing zero to 100 percent 0.1 % formic acid in water.

Method Polar Ammonium Acetate (PAA): Acetonitrile containing zero to 50 percent 10 mM ammonium acetate in water.

Method Ammonium Acetate (AA): Acetonitrile containing zero to 100 percent 10 mM ammonium acetate in water.

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Example 1: Preparation of phenols and phenol equivalents S-fS-chloro-^hydroxyphenyB-N-r^cMoro-S-ftrifluorornethyDphen yll-propanamide

soci,

[0182] To a solution of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromemyl)phenyl]-3-(4- hydroxyphenyl)propanamide (1.33 g, 3.89 mmol) in DCE was added sulfuryl chloride (4.28 mL, 4.28 mmol) slowly over 45 min. The reaction mixture was heated at 84 ⁰ C overnight and then additional sulfuryl chloride was added. After heating for 2 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to rt and diluted with EtOAc. The combined organic solutions were washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give the title compound (0.66 g, 45%).

2-(3-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid

Step 1: Preparation of ethyl 2-(3-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropanecarboxylate

[0183] To a mixture of l-methoxy-3-vinylbenzene (3.10 g, 23.1 mmol) and dioxomethane

- diheptyhrhodium (4:2) (0.090 g, 0.12 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) under an atmosphere of argon at rt was added a solution of ethyl diazoacetate (1.22 mL, 11.6 mmol) in DCM (6 mL) dropwise via syringe. The reaction mixture as allowed to stir at rt for 2 h and then concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give the desired product (1.63 g) as a mixture of cis and trans isomers, along with recovered starting material (1.50 g). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 221.2 (M+l).

Step 2: Preparation of 2-(3~methoxyphenyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid

[0184] A solution of ethyl 2-(3-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropanecarboxylate (1.63 g, 7.4 mmol) in 3N NaOH (35 mL) and MeOH (35 mL) was heated at 60 ⁰ C for 1 h. After cooling to rt, the reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in IN HCl and extracted with DCM. The organic solutions were dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated to give the

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

desired product (1.23 g, 87%) which was used without further purification. The cis and trans isomers were separated at a later stage of analog synthesis. LCMS: (FA) ES- 191.3 (M+l).

2-(4-memoxyphenyl)cyclopropanecarboxy lie acid

[0185] The title compound was prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to that described for 2-(3-methoxyphenyl)cyclopropanecarboxylic acid. LCMS: (FA) ES- 191.3 (M-I).

3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-N-[3-chloro-4-(trifluorometh yl)phenyn-propanamide

Step 1: Preparation of N-[3-chloro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

[0186] To a stirred solution of the aniline (0.655 g, 3.3 mmol) in DCM (35 mL) was added TEA (0.604 mL, 4.4 mmol) and acryloyl chloride (0.286 mL, 3.5 mmol) at rt. After 20 min, the reaction was quenched by the addition of water and the mixture was extracted with DCM. The combined organic solutions were washed with water, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give the desired amide (0.535 g, 65%) as a white solid. LCMS: (FA) ES+ 250.2 (M+l), ES- 248.4 (M-I).

Step 2: Preparation of (2E)-3-(4-chloro-3-mefhoxyphenyl)-N-[3-chloro-4-

(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

[0187] To a suspension of K ₂ CO ₃ (0.936 g, 6.77 mmol) and 7J-Bu ₄ NCl (0.753 g, 2.71 mmol) in DMF under an atmosphere of argon were added 4~bromo-l-chloro-2-methoxybenzene (0.600 g, 2.71 mmol), the amide from Step 1 (0.809 g, 3.25 mmol), and molecular sieves. The mixture was stirred for 10 min at rt before adding PPh3 (0.071 g, 0.271 mmol) and Pd(O Ac)2 (0.0304 g, 0.135 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 80 ⁰ C overnight and then cooled to rt and

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

filtered through Celite. The filtrate was diluted with EtOAc and washed with sat. NaHCO3 solution, water, and brine. The organic solution was dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give the desired acrylamide (0-.755 g, 72 %).

Step 3: Preparation of 3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-N-[3-chloro-4-

(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]propanamide

[0188] The alkene from Step 2 (0.755 g, 1.80 mmol) was suspended in MeOH. To this suspension was added Pd/C (10 Wt %). The reaction was placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas and allowed to stir at rt for 3 h. The mixture was filtered through Celite and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give the desired product (0.546 g, 72 %). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 392.0 (M+l), ES- 390.0 (M-I).

N-r4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyn-3-(4-hydroxy-3-meth ylphenyl)-propanamide

[0189] The title compound was prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to that described for N-[3-chloro-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acrylamide. LCMS: (FA) ES+ 358.2 (M+l), ES- 356.3 (M-I).

Example 2: Preparation of pyridines 4-chloro-N _< 3-dimethylpyridine-2-carboxamide

[0190] To a solution of 4-chloro-IV-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide (0.700 g, 4.12 mmol) in THF was added LDA (4.12 mL, 2M in THF, 8.24 mmol) dropwise at -78 °C under an atmosphere of argon. The mixture was allowed to stir for 90 min at -78 ⁰ C and then methyl iodide (1.51 mL, 24.71 mmol) was added. After stirring for 90 min, the solution was allowed to warm to 0 ⁰ C. The reaction was quenched at 0 °C with sat. sodium hydrogen sulfite and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic solutions were washed with water, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give the desired product (0.070 g, 23%).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

4-chloro-2-(4,5-dmydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridine

[0191] To a solution of 4-chloropyridine-2-carbonitrile (20.0 g, 121 mmol, prepared as described by Sakamoto et al. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1985, 33, 565-571) in MeOH (240 mL), was added sodium methoxide (0.655 g, 12.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt under an atmosphere of argon for 2 h. Ethylene diamine (40.0 mL, 597 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture was stirred at 50 ⁰ C for 20 h. The solution was allowed to cool to rt and concentrated. The residue was partitioned between water and DCM. The organic layer was separated, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated to give the desired product as a light brown solid (21.9 g, >99%). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 182.09 (M+l).

4-chloro-N-f2-(dirnemylamino)ethyl1pyridine-2-carboxarnid e

[0192] To a solution of thionyl chloride (7.4 mL, 101 mmol) in DMF was added pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (2.5 g, 20.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 95 ⁰ C for 12 h and then concentrated. The residue was redissolved in DMF (7 mL) and N _/ N-dimethylethane-

1,2-diamine (11 mL, 101.5 mmol) was added. After stirring for 15 min, the mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography (0-10 % methanol/ dichloromefhane) to yield 2.11 g of the title compound (46 %). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 227.9

(M+l)

4-chloro-N-[3-(diniethylarnino)propyl1pyridine-2-carboxar rLide

[0193] The title compound was prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to that described for 4-chloro-N-[2-(diniethylarnino)ethyl]pyridine-2- carboxamide. LCMS: (FA) ES+ 241.9 (M+l)

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

4-chloro-N-(2-moφholin-4-ylethyl)pyridine-2-carboxarnide

[0194] The title compound was prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to that described for 4-chloro-N-[2-(dirnethylamino)ethyl]pyridine-2- carboxamide. LCMS: (FA) ES+ 270.0 (M+l).

Example 3: Synthesis of Anilines

2-{2-r3-ammo-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl1ethyl}-lH-isoindol e-13(2H)-dione

Step 1: Preparation of 2-{(E)-2-[3-arnino-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]vinyl}-lH-isoin dole- l,3(2H)-dione

[0195] To a degassed solution of 3-brorno-5-(trifluorornethyl)aniline (1.00 g, 4.17 mmol) and ACN (40 mL) was added Pd(OAc) ₂ (0.46 g, 0.20 mmol), bis(2-methylphenyl)(3- methylphenyl)phosphine (0.13 g, 0.40 mmol), and TEA (1.15 mL, 8.25 mmol). After stirring for 1 h, 2-vinyl-lH-isoindole-l,3(2H)-dione (0.72 g, 4.17 mmol) was added. The solution was heated at reflux for 20 h and then allowed to cool to rt and filtered through Celite. The filtrate was washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to yield the title compound as a yellow solid (0.90 g, 62 %). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 333.2 (M+l).

Step 2: Preparation of 2-{2-[3-amino-5-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]ethyl}-lH-isoindole - l,3(2H)-dione

[0196] Pd/C (10 % by wt, 0.090 g) was added to a degassed solution of 2-{(E)-2-[3- amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]vinyl}-lH-isoindole-l,3(2ff) -dione (0.900 g, 2.71 mmol) in EtOH (56 mL) and THF (40 mL). The mixture was hydrogenated (50 psi) at rt until LC/MS indicated reaction was complete. The mixture was filtered through Celite and the filtrate was

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , 1:1 EtOAc:hexanes) to afford the desired product as a white solid (0.371 g, 40 %). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 335.3 (M+l).

3-f-er^-butyl-4-chloroaniline

Step 1: Preparation of IV-(2-ferf-butylphenyl)acetamide

[0197] A solution of 2-feri-butylaniline (2.0 g, 2.1 mL, 13.4 rnrnol) and TEA (2.8 mL, 20.1 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) was cooled to 0 ⁰ C. Acetyl chloride (1.0 mL, 14.7 mmol) was added dropwise. The resulting solution was allowed to stir and warm to rt over 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and DCM. The organic phase was washed with IN HCl and brine, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered and concentrated to give the title compound as a white solid (2.73 g, >100%). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ: 7.51 - 7.53 (m, IH), 7.39 - 7.41 (m, IH), 7.14 - 7.24 (m, 2H), 2.21 (s, 2.2H), 1.92 (s, 0.9H), and 1.41 (s, 9H).

Step 2: Preparation of ]V-(2-£er^butyl-4-iύtroρhenyl)acetamide

[0198] Concentrated sulfuric acid (30 mL) was cooled to 0 ⁰ C and solid N-(2-tert- butylphenyl)acetamide (1.0 g, 5.2 mmol) was added in several portions. To the resulting solution was added KNO ₃ (578 mg, 5.7 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt over 2 h and then stirred at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was poured over ice and a white precipitate formed. The precipitate was isolated by filtration (1.04 g, 84%). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 237.2 (M+l), ES- 235.1 (M-I).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Step 3: Preparation of 2-fer£-butyl-4-nitroaniline

[0199] N-(2-feri-butyl-4-nitrophenyl)acetamide (840 mg, 3.57 rnrnol) was dissolved in concentrated HBr (48%, 20 mL). The resulting solution was heated at 110 ⁰ C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with EtOAc, and poured into sat. NaHCO ₃ solution. The organic phase was extracted with sat. NaHCO ₃ solution and brine, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered and concentrated to give the desired product as a yellow-green oil (710 mg, >100%). H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 7.52 (d, IH), 7.40 (dd, IH), 7.33 (d, IH), and 1.42 (s, 9H).

Step 4: Preparation of 2-ferf-butyl-l-chloro-4-nitrobenzene

[0200] The title compound was prepared as described by Nguyen, P. et al. J. Org. Chem.

2003, 68, 10195.

Step 5: Preparation of 3-terf-butyl-4-chloroaniline

[0201] To a solution of 2-/-ert-butyl-l-chloro-4-nitrobenzene (505 mg, 2.36 mmol) in

EtOAc (25 mL) was added SnCl ₂ hydrate (906 mg, 3.55 mmol). This mixture was heated at reflux and the solids dissolved. After 2 h, additional SnCl ₂ hydrate (906 mg, 3.55 mmol) was added and the solution was heated at reflux for another 2 h. The reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , 20% EtOAc/Hex) to give 210 mg of the title compound as a yellow oil (48%). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 6.68 (d, IH), 6.16 (d, IH), 6.02 (dd, IH), and 0.92 (s, 9H).

3-ferf-butyl-4-bromoaniline

[0202] The title compound was prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to that described for 3-^ert-butyl-4-chloroaniline. ¹ H NMR (300 MHz ₇ CDCl ₃ ) δ: 7.25 (d, IH), 7.01-7.06 (m, IH), 7.60-7.67 (m, IH), and 1.46 (s, 9H).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

3-r2-(dimethylamino)ethoxy1-5-(rrifluoromethyl)aniline

Step 1: Preparation of 3-nitro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenol

[0203] A solution of 3-nitro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl ether (20.0 g, 0.090 mol) in HBr

(74.7 mL, 1.38 rnmol) and HOAc (279.8 mL, 4.92 mol) was heated at reflux until reaction was judged to be complete by LCMS. The reaction was concentrated to tan solid to yield the desired product (18.7 g, 96 % yield). LCMS: (FA) ES- 206.2 (M-I).

Step 2: Preparation of N,N-diniemyl-2-[3-nitro-5-trifluoroniethyl)phenoxy]-ethananu ne

[0204] A mixture of 2-(Moro-N,N-dimemylemanamine (0.355 g, 2.66 mmol), 3-nitro-5-

(trifluoromethyl)phenol (0.500 g, 2.41 mmol) and Cs ₂ CO ₃ (2.36 g, 7.24 mmol) in DMF (19 mL) was stirred at rt until reaction complete by TLC (1:1 EtOAeHexane). The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with water. The organic solution was dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated to give the desired product as a brown oil (0.490 g, 63%). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 304.3 (M+l).

Step 3: Preparation of 3-[2-(dmiemylammo)emoxy]-5-(trifluorornethyl)aniline

[0205] A mixture of N,N-dimemyl-2-[3-mtro-5-(trifluoromemyl)phenoxy]-ethanamine

(490 mg, 1.61 mmol) and Pd/C (10 wt %, 49 mg) in EtOAc (15 mL) was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen until reaction complete was judged to be complete by LCMS. The mixture was filtered through Celite and rinsed with EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated to yield the desired product as a brown solid (329 mg, 71%). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 275.2 (M+l).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

3-(2-morpholin-4-ylethoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)artiline

[0206] The title compound was prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to that described for 3-[2-(dimemylammo)emoxy]-5-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. LCMS: (FA) ES+ 291.2 (M+l).

3-(2-pyrrolidin-l-ylethoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)aniline

[0207] The title compound was prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to that described for 3-[2-(dinaethylamino)ethoxy]-5-(trifluorornetliyl)aniline. LCMS: (FA) ES+ 275.2 (M+l).

2-(3-aminophenyl)propan-2-ol

Step 1: Preparation of l-(3-bromophenyl)-2,5-dimethyHH-pyrrole

[0208] A solution of 3-bromoaniline (2.50 mL, 23.0 mmol) in acetonylacetone (3.00 mL,

25.6 mmol) containing a small amount of p-TSA was heated at reflux in a round bottom flask fitted with a Dean Stark trap and a reflux condenser for 5 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to rt and diluted with EtOAc. The solution was washed with IN HCl and sat. NaHCO ₃ solution. The organic solutions were dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated to give the desired product as a light brown solid (5.5 g, 96%) which was used without further purification. LCMS: (FA) ES+ 260.0 (M+l).

Step 2: Preparation of 2-[3-(2 _/ 5-dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-l-yl)phenyl]propan-2-ol

[0209] A solution of l-(3-bromophenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrrole (1.50 g, 6.00 mmol) in

THF (25 mL) was cooled to -78 ⁰ C under an atmosphere of argon. To this solution was added n- BuLi (2.50 M in hexane, 2.76 mL, 6.90 mmol) dropwise via syringe. After 30 min, acetone (0.572 mL, 7.8 mmol) was added to the cold solution dropwise via syringe. After 10 min, the cold bath was removed and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt. After 5.5 h, the reaction was

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

quenched by the addition of water. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc and the organic solutions dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give the desired product (0.84 g, 61%). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 230.1 (M+l).

Step 3: Preparation of 2-(3-aminophenyl)propan-2-ol

[0210] To a solution of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (7.42 g, 107 mmol) and potassium hydroxide (5.41 g, 82.0 mmol) in ethanol (65 mL) and water (30 mL) was added 2-[3-(2,5- dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-l-yl)phenyl]propan-2-ol (0.840 g, 3.66 mmol). The heterogeneous mixture was heated at 120 ⁰ C overnight and then concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give the desired product (0.55 g, 65%). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ: 7.11- 7.15 (m, IH), 6.85-6.87 (m, IH), 6.84 (ddd, IH), 6.58 (ddd, IH), and 1.55 (s, 6H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 152.0 (M+l).

3-amino-N-(2-m.ethoxyethyl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)-benzamide

Step 1: Preparation of N-(2-methoxyethyl)-3-nitro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide

[0211] To a stirred solution of 3-nitro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzoic acid (1.00 g, 0.42 mmol) in DCM (20 mL), were added 2-methoxyethanamine (0.41 mL, 0.47 mmol), DMAP (620 mg, 0.51 mmol) and EDCI (900mg, 0.47 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at rt overnight and then concentrated. The residue was diluted with EtOAc and washed with water. The organic solution was dried (MgSO ₄ ) and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (SiO ₂ , MeOH/DCM) to yield the title compound as a white solid (780 mg, 63%). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 293.2 (M+l), ES ^" 291.2 (M-I).

Step 2: Preparation of 3-amino-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-(rrifluoromethyl)-benzamide

[0212] To a stirred solution of N-(2-methoxyethyl)-3-nitro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide

(760 mg, 0.26 mmol) in EtOAc (20 mL) was added Pd on carbon (10 % wt, 76 mg). The mixture

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

was allowed to stir at rt overnight under an atmosphere of hydrogen . The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and filtered through Celite. The filtrate was evaporated and the residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , MeOH/DCM) to yield the title compound as a white solid (630 mg, 92%). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 263.2 (M+l)

3-airimo-N-[2-(dinie1hylammo)ethyl1-5-(trifluoromethyl)be nzamide

[0213] The title compound was prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to that described for 3-arnino-N-(2-methoxyethyl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)- benzamide. LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 276.23 (M+l).

4-chloro-2-memoxy-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline

Step 1: Preparation of l-chloro-3-methoxy-4-nitro-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzene

[0214] A mixture of 3-chloro-6-nitro-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenol (1.00 g, 4.14 mmol), cesium carbonate (4.05 g, 12.4 mmol), and iodomethane (465 μL, 7.45 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was allowed to stir at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and poured into water. The mixture was extracted 3 times with EtOAc and the organic solution was dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , EtOAc in hexanes) provided the title compound. ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ: 7.90 (d, IH), 7.40 (d, IH), and 3.97 (s, 3H).

Step 2: Preparation of 4-chloro-2-methoxy-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline

[0215] To a solution of l-chloro-3-methoxy-4-nitro-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzene (1.73 g,

6.74 mmol) in EtOAc (40 mL) was added tin chloride dihydrate (3.04 g, 13.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 3 h. The crude reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , EtOAc in hexanes) to give the title compound. LCMS: (FA) ES 226.0 (M+l).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

6-amino-3-chloro-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenol

[0216] The title compound was prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to that described 4-chloro-2-methoxy-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline (step 2). LCMS: (FA) ES- 210.3 (M-I).

4-chloro-2-methoxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)aniline

[0217] The title compound was prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a manner analogous to that described 4-chloro-2-methoxy-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline (step 2). H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ: 8.25 (s, IH), 7.23 (s, IH), 4.04 (s, 3H), and 1.55 (s, IH).

[4-amino-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenynmethanol

Step 1: Preparation of methyl 4-nitro-2-(rrifluoromethyl)benzoate

[0218] A solution of 4-amino-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzoic acid (5.00 g, 21.6 mmol) in

MeOH (30 mL) was cooled to 0 ⁰ C. Trimethylsilyl diazomethane (2.0 M in Et ₂ 0, 31.9 mL, 63.8 mmol) was slowly added and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt. The solvent was removed and the white powder redissolved in EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with sat. NaHCO ₃ solution, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated to give the title compound. LCMS: (FA) ES ^' 249.1 (M-I).

Step 2: Preparation of methyl 4-amino-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzoate

[0219] Methyl 4-nitro-2-(trifluoromethyl)beri2;oate (5.20 g, 20.9 mmol) was dissolved in

EtOAc (100 mL) and tin chloride dihydrate (9.41 g, 41.7 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction was heated at reflux for 2 h. The crude reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , EtOAc /hexanes) to give the title compound. LCMS: (FA) ES 218.4 (M-I).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Step 3: Preparation of [4-anτino-2-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]rnethanol (AN-13)

[0220] The title compound was synthesized from methyl 4-amino-2-

(trifluoromethyl)benzoate as described by /. Med. Chem. 2002, 45(15), 3280-3285. LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 192.2 (M+l).

Example 4: Synthesis of additional reactants (2S)-3-methoxypropane-l ,2-diamine dihydrochloride

Step 1: Preparation of methyl (2S)-2,3-bis[(fert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-propanoate

[0221] To a solution of methyl (2S)-2-arnino-3-[(ferf-butoxycarbonyl)arnino]-propanoate hydrochloride (3.00 g, 11.8 mmol) and TEA ( 3.30 mL, 23.6 mmol) in DCM (60 mL), was added (Boc) ₂ O (3.08 g, 14.1 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 18 h then diluted with DCM and washed with IN HCl and brine. The organic phase was dried (Na ₂ SO ₄ ) and evaporated to yield the title compound as a white solid (4.10 g, 100 %). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ: 5.42 (s, IH), 4.83 (s, IH), 4.35 (s, IH), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.54-3.48 (m, 2H), and 1.44 (s, 18H).

Step 2: Preparation of di-fert-butyl [(2S)-3-hydroxypropane-l,2-diyl]biscarbamate

[0222] To a solution of methyl (2S)-2,3-bis[(ierf-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-propanoate

(3.57 g, 11.2 mmol) in THF (60 mL) at 0 ⁰ C was added lithium chloride (523 mg, 12.3 mmol) and then sodium borohydride (467 mg, 12.3 mmol) portionwise. Ethanol (30 mL) was added slowly. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt and stirred for 18 h. Acetic acid (0.707 mL, 12.3 mmol) was added and the solvents were evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (SiO ₂ , EtOAc/hexane) to yield the title compound as a white solid ( 2.35 g, 72.2 %). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 291.2 (M+l).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Step 3: Preparation of di-førf-butyl [(2S)-3-memoxypropane-l,2-diyl]-biscarbarnate

[0223] To a solution of di-terf-butyl [(2S)-3-hydroxypropane-l,2-diyl]biscarbamate ( 2.45 g, 8.10 mmol) in THF (80 mL) at 0 ⁰ C, was added NaH (60 %, 357 mg, 8.91 mmol). The reaction was allowed to stir at 0 °C for 30 min, and then methyl iodide (0.556 mL, 8.91 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred at 0 °C for 1 h and then allowed to warm to rt and stirred for 3 h. Water was added and the reaction was extracted into EtOAc. The combined organic solutions were washed with brine, dried (Na ₂ SO ₄ ) and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography (SiO ₂ , EtOAc /hexane) to yield the title compound as a white solid (895 mg, 36 %). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 305.2 (M+l).

Step 4: Preparation of (2S)-3-methoxypropane-l,2-diamine dihydrochloride

[0224] To a solution of di-ierf-butyl [(2S)-3-methoxypropane-l,2-diyl]biscarbamate (895 mg, 2.94 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL), was added 2N HCl in Et ₂ O (15 mL, 29.4 mmol). The reaction was stirred at rt for 18 h and the solvents evaporated to yield the title compound as a white solid (478 mg, 92 %). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 105.0 (M+l).

Example 5: 4-[4-(3-{[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}-3-oxopro pyl)phenoxy]-N- methylpyridine-2-carboxamide (A-9)

HATU DIPEA MWI

Step 1: Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(4- hydroxyphenyl)propanamide

[0225] A mixture of 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoic acid (4 x 250 mg, 24.1 mmol total),

4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline (4 x 190 mg, 15.5 mmol total) and HATU (4 x 0.58 g, 24.1

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

mmol total) were added to four microwave-safe vials. To each vial, NMP (5 mL) and DIPEA (0.425 mL, 9.7 mmol) were added. The vials were then sealed and subjected to MWI at 220 ⁰ C for 15 min. The reaction vessels were unsealed and the mixtures were combined and diluted with EtOAc. The organic solution was extracted with IN HCl and brine, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated to give a brown oil. Purification by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , EtOAc /hexane) provided 960 mg of a yellow oil that solidified upon exposure to DCM (47%, <95% pure). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ: 7.74 (br d J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.65 (br dd, J ₁ = 8.5 Hz, J ₂ = 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.42 (d, / = 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.16 (br s, IH), 7.10 (d, / = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.79 (d, / = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 2.99 (t, / = 7.4 Hz), and 2.65 (t, / = 7.4 Hz).

Step 2: Preparation of 4-[4-(3-{[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}-3- oxopropyl)phenoxy]-]V-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide ( A-9) .

[0226] To a mixture of DMPU (0.7 mL) and DMF (2.8 mL) was added N-[4-chloro-3-

(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanamide (600 mg, 1.75 mmol) and 4-chloro- N-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide (prepared as described in Bankston, D. et al. Organic Process Research and Development 2002, 6, 777-781; 328 mg, 1.92 mmol). To this solution was added KOi- Bu (590 mg, 5.25 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h and then cooled to rt, diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc and DCM. The combined organic solutions were washed with water and brine, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered and concentrated to give a brown oil. Purification by column chromatography provided 100 mg of a colorless solid. H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 10.11 (br s, 0.34H), 8.41 (d, / = 5.6 Hz, IH), 8.07 (br d, / = 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.74 (br dd, J ₁ = 8.7 Hz, J ₂ = 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.48-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.36 (d, / = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.05 (d, / = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.98 (dd, Jl = 5.6 Hz, Jl = 2.5 Hz, IH), 3.34 (s, 0.84H), 3.04 (t, / = 7.5 Hz), 2.92 (s, 3H), and 2.71 (t, / = 7.5 Hz).

[0227] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 5:

2H), Hz, J ₂ =

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

6.94-

Example 6: Preparation of 4-[3-(3-{[4-cWoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}-3- oxopropyl)phenoxy]-N-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide (A-7)

[0228] A mixture of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3- hydroxyphenyl)propanamide (585 mg, 1.70 mmol), 4-chloro-N-rnethylpyridine-2-carboxarnide (318 mg, 1.87 mmol), and Cs ₂ CO ₃ (7.76 g, 8.5 mmol) in DMF (3.4 mL) was heated at 100 ⁰ C overnight. . The reaction mixture was concentrated and diluted with EtOAc. The organic solution was washed with brine, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , 0-30% EtOAc in hexanes) to give the product as a white solid. ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.62 (d, 1 H), 8.26 (m, 1 H), 7.89-7.96 (m, 1 H), 7.71- 7.74 (m, 1 H), 7.63 (t , 1 H), 7.41-7.47 (m, 1 H), 7.28 (br s, 1 H), 7.17-7.24 (m, 2 H), 2.58 (t, 2 H), 3.15 (s, 3 H), and 2.93 (t, 2 H). LCMS, AA: R _t = 2.05 min, [MH ⁺ 478.3].

[0229] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 6:

A-202 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.40 (s, IH), 8.32 (s, IH), 8.03 (d, IH), 7.69 (dd, IH), 7.45 (d, IH), 7.36 (t, IH), 7.15-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.09 (dd, IH), 3.04 (t, 2H), and 2.71 (t, 2H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.66 min, [MH ⁺ 462.1].

A-214 ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, d6 DMSO) δ: 9 (s, IH), 8.58 (s, 2H), 7.81-7.85 (m, IH), 7.65- 7.76 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.14 (d, IH), 6.91-7.01 (m, 2H), 3.07 (t, 2H), 2.7 (t, 2H), and 3.07 (t, 2H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.91 min, [MH ⁺ 422.0].

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-260 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.38 (d, IH), 8.03 (d, IH), 7.69 (dd, IH); 7.52 (d, IH), 7.49 (d, IH), 7.41 (dd, IH), 7.23 (d, IH), 7.05 (dd, IH), 6.99 (d, IH), 6.98 (d, IH), 3.46 (dd, 2H), 2.93 (dd, 2H), 2.71 (dd, 2H), 2.69 (s, 6H), and 1.94 (dddd, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 549.1 (M+l), ES- 547.1 (M-I).

A-79 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD; HCOOH salt) δ: 10.36 (s, IH), 8.69 (dd, IH), 8.46 (d , IH), 8.13 (d, IH), 7.77 (dd, IH), 7.62 (dd, IH), 7.43 (dd, IH), 7.22 (d, IH), 7.10- 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.04 (dd, IH), 3.55 (dd, 4H), 3.37 (ddd, 2H), 2.96 (dd, 2H), 2.68 (dd, 2H), 2.51 (dd, 2H), 2.44 (dd, 2H), and 2.38 (dd, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 577.1 (M+l), ES- 575.0 (M-I).

Example 7: Preparation of 4-[4-(4-{[4-cWoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]arnino}-4- oxobutyl)phenoxy]-N-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide (A-8)

HATU DIPEA MWI

Step 1. Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(tri-luoromethyl)phenyl]-4-(4- methoxyphenyl)butanamide

[0230] N-[4-cWoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-(4-rnethoxyphenyl)bu tanamide was prepared as described in Example 5, Step 1 using 4-(4-methoxyphenyl)butyric acid and 4- chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline. LCMS, AA: R _t =2.17 min, [MH ^" 370.1].

Step 2. Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-(4- hydroxyphenyl)butanarnide

[0231] To a solution of JV-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-4-(4- methoxyphenyl)butanamide (460 mg, 1.23 mmol) in DCM (6 mL) at 0 °C was added BBr ₃ (1.0 M in DCM, 0.40 mL, 0.4 mmol) dropwise. The solution was allowed to warm to rt. Upon reaction

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

completion, the solution was poured onto ice and neutralized with NH ₄ OH. The yellow solid was filtered off and rinsed with hexanes and Et ₂ O to give the product as a white solid (356 mg, 81%). LCMS, AA: R=1.94 min, [MH ^" 356.1].

Step 3. Preparation of 4-[4-(4-{[4-chloro-3-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]amino}-4- oxobutyl)phenoxy]-N-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide (A-8)

[0232] The title compound was prepared as described in Example 6. H NMR (400 MHz,

CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.38 (d, 1 H), 8.03 (d, 1 H), 7.66-7.73 (m, 1 H), 7.41-7.48 (m, 2 H), 7.23-7.32 (m, 2 H), 6.92-7.03 (m, 3 H), 2.85 (s, 3 H), 2.68 (t, 2 H), 2.37 (t, 2 H), and 1.91-2.04 (m, 2 H). LCMS, AA: R _t = 2.10 min, [MH ⁺ 492.1].

Example 8: Preparation of 4-[4-(3-anilino-3-oxopropyl)phenoxy]-N-methylpyridine-2- carboxamide (A-12)

TBTU, DIPEA

Step 1. Preparation of 3-(4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)propanoic acid

[0233] A mixture of 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoic acid (10.7 g, 64.5 mmol), 4-chloro-N- methylpicolinamide (10.0 g, 58.6 mmol) and cesium carbonate (57.3 g, 175.8 mmol) was stirred in DMF and heated at 100 ⁰ C overnight. After cooling to rt, the mixture was filtered and washed with EtOAc to remove cesium carbonate. The remaining solid was dissolved in a minimal amount of water and the pH of the solution was adjusted to 4 by the dropwise addition of a sat. oxalic acid solution. The solution was extracted with DCM, the organic solutions washed with water and brine, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. The resulting solid was recrystallized from EtOAc to give the desired product as a pale cream solid

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

(5.07 g, 37%). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, ₆ -DMSO) δ: 12.13 (s, IH), 8.70-8.78 (m, IH), 8.49 (d, / = 5.6 Hz, IH), 7.34-7.39 (m, 3H), 7.11-7.14 (m, 3H), 2.87 (br t, / = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.77 (d, / = 4.8 Hz, 3H), and 2.57 (br t, / = 7.6 Hz, 2H).

Step 2. Preparation of 4-[4-(3-anilino-3-oxopropyl)phenoxy]-N-methylpyridine-2- carboxamide (A-12)

[0234] A mixture of 3-(4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-propanoic acid

(100 mg, 0.33 mmol), aniline (0.033 mL, 0.36 mmol), and TBTU (117 mg, 0.36 rnmol) in DCM (5 mL) was stirred at rt. To this slurry was added DIPEA (0.20 mL, 1.16 mmol). The mixture was allowed to stir at rt overnight and then diluted with water. The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with DCM. The organic solutions were combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. The resulting solid was treated with MeOH and filtered to give 45 mg of a white solid. ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, ^ ₆ -DMSO) δ: 9.90 (br s, IH), 8.71-8.78 (m, IH), 8.48 (d, / = 5.6 Hz, IH), 7.55-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.36 (d, / = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.25-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.11 (dd, / = 5.2, 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.99-7.04 (m, IH), 2.93-2.98 (m, 2H), 2.77 (d, / = 4.8 Hz, 3H), and 2.64-2.69 (m, 2H).

[0235] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 8:

J = 5.6 (m, Hz, 2H),

Example 9: Preparation of N-methyl-4-[4-(3-oxo-3-{[3-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]amino}- propyl)phenoxy]pyridine-2-carboxamide (A-4)

[0236] A solution of 3-[4-({2-[(niemylarnino)carbonyl]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]- propanoic acid (270 mg, 0.90 mmol), 3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline (158 mg, 0.98 mmol), HATU (409 mg, 1.07 mmol), and DIPEA (348 mg, 2.69 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred at rt for 16 h. The

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with IN HCl and brine. The organic solution was dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated to give A-4 as a white solid (127 mg, 32%). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, ^ ₆ -DMSO) δ: 10.28 (s, 1 H), 8.76 (m, 1 H), 8.47 (d, 1 H), 8.08 (br s, 1 H), 7.75 (br d, 1 H), 7.53 (t, 1 H), 7.31-7.42 (m, 4 H), 7.08-7.19 (m, 3 H), 2.97 (t, 2 H), 2.76 (d, 3 H), and 2.71 (d, 2 H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.89min, [MH ⁺ 444.1].

[0237] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 9:

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Example 10: Preparation of 4-[4-(3-{[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}-3- oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridine-2-carboxarnide (A-3)

DIPEA

A-3

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Step 1. Preparation of 4-cMoropyridine-2-carbonitrile

[0238] To a solution of 4-chloropyridine N-oxide (5.0 g, 38.6 rnmol) in CAN (100 mL) was added trimethylsilyl cyanide (7.7 g, 77.2 rnmol) and TEA (8.1 mL, 57.9 mmol). The solution was heated at reflux for 48 h. The reaction was then concentrated and diluted with DCM and water before adding IN HCl (caution!). The mixture was extracted with DCM and the organic solutions were combined and washed with brine, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ and concentrated to yield the title compound as a brown solid (4.62 g, 87%). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, ^ ₆ -DMSO) δ: 8.67 (dd, J ₁ = 0.57 Hz, J ₂ = 5.5 Hz, IH), 8.29 (dd, J ₁ = 0.75 Hz, J ₂ = 2.1, IH), and 7.88 (dd, J ₁ = 0.2.1 Hz, J ₂ = 5.5 m, IH).

Step 2. Preparation of 3-(4-{[2-(aminocarbonyl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-propanoic acid

[0239] To a suspension of 4-cliloropyridine-2-carbonitrile (2.0 g, 14.5 mmol) in DMF (70 mL) was added cesium carbonate (14.0 g, 43.5 mmol) and 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoic acid (2.6 g, 15.9 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux overnight. The mixture was cooled to rt, concentrated, and then taken up in 300 mL of water. The pH was adjusted to 3 by the dropwise addition of oxalic acid and a precipitate formed. The precipitate was filtered to yield the title compound as a brown solid (1.2 g, 28%). LCMS: Method FA, R _t = 1.27 min, [MH ⁺ = 287].

Step 3. Preparation 4-[4-(3-{[4-cWoro-3-(Wfluoromethyl)phenyl]arnino}-3- oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridine-2-carboxamide (A-3)

[0240] A solution of 3-(4-{[2-(aminocarbonyl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-propanoic acid

(200 mg, 0.70 mmol), HATU (319 mg, 0.84 mmol), DIPEA (0.24 mL, 1.4 mmol), and 4-chloro-3- (trifluoromethyl)aniline (136 mg, 0.70 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred overnight at rt. EtOAc was added to the reaction and the mixture was washed with IN HCl, IN NaOH, and brine, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , 20-100% EtOAc in hexane) followed by recrystallization in EtOAc/hexane provided A-3 ( 37 mg, 11%). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, ^ ₆ -DMSO) δ: 10.36 (s, IH), 8.48 (d, / = 5.7 Hz, IH), 8.18 (d, / = 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.09 (bs, IH), 7.81 (dd, J ₁ = 2.5 Hz, J ₂ = 8.8, IH), 7.7 (bs, IH), 7.64 (d, / = 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.35-7.40 (m, 3H), 7.12-7.16 (m, 3H), 2.97 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), and 2.70 (t, /= 7.8 Hz, 2H).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[0241] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 10:

A-2 ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, ^ ₆ -DMSO): δ 10.26 (s, IH), 8.48 (d, / = 5.7 Hz, IH), 8.10 (bs, 2H), 7.75 (d, / = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.67 (bs, IH), 7.53 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.36-7.41 (m, 4H), 7.11-7.16 (m, 3H), 2.97 (t, / = 7.5 Hz, 2H), and 2.70 (t, / = 8.0 Hz, 2H).

A-I ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, ^ ₆ -DMSO): δ 10.04 (s, IH), 8.48 (d, / = 5.8 Hz, IH), 8.09 (bd, / = 1.8 Hz, IH), 7.67 (bd, / = 1.8 Hz), 7.58-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.40 (m, 5H), 7.11-7.76 (m, 3H), 2.96 (t, / = 7.3 Hz, 2H), and 2.66 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H).

Example 11: Preparation of N-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-{4-[(2-cyanopyridin-4- yl)oxy]phenyl}propanamide (A-21)

HATU, DIPEA

A-21

Step 1. Preparation of 3-{4-[(2-cyanopyridin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl}propanoic acid

[0242] To a suspension of 4-chloropyridine-2-carbonitrile (2.3 g, 16.6 mmol) in DMF

(100 mL) was added cesium carbonate (16.3 g, 50.0 mmol) and 3-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)propanoic acid (3.03 g, 18.3 mmol). The reaction was heated to 50 ⁰ C for 3 days. The mixture was cooled to rt, concentrated, and then taken up in 300 mL of water. The pH was adjusted to 3 by the dropwise addition of oxalic acid and a precipitate formed. The precipitate was filtered to give the title compound as a cream solid (4.17 g, 95%). LCMS: Method FA, R _t = 1.49 min, [MH ⁺ = 269].

Step 2. Preparation of N-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-{4-[(2-cyanopyridin-4-yl)oxy]- phenyljpropanamide (A-21)

[0243] A solution of 3-{4-[(2-cyanopyridin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl}propanoic acid (400 mg, 1.49 mmol), HATU (681 mg, 1.79 mmol), DIPEA (0.5 mL, 2.98 mmol), and 4-chloroaniline (209 mg,

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

1.63 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred overnight at rt. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with IN HCl, IN NaOH and brine, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ and concentrated. The resulting solid was triturated with DCM and filtered to give A-21 (187 mg, 33%). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, ^ ₆ -DMSO): δ 10.02 (s, IH), 8.56 (dd, J ₁ = 0.50 Hz, J ₂ = 5.8 Hz, IH), 7.57-7.63 (m, 3H), 7.31-7.40 (m, 4H), 7.10-7.17 (m, 3H), 2.95 (t, / = 7.5 Hz, 2H), and 2.65 (t, / = 7.8 Hz, 2H).

A-23

A-36

A-30

Example 12: Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[4-({2-

[(niethylarnino)rnethyl]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]propanami de (A-30)

Step 1. Preparation of 3-(4-{[2-(aminornethyl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N-[4-chloro- 3-

(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]propanamide (A-36)

[0244] A solution of A-23 (65 mg, 0.17 mmol) in 7N ammonia in MeOH (10 mL) was treated with 5% Rainey Nickel and exposed to a hydrogen atmosphere at rt for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water, and MeOH was removed in vacuo. The mixture was acidified with 2M HCl in dioxane and taken up in MeOH and DMF, filtered through a pad of Celite® and concentrated. The mixture is taken up in water and treated with TEA to form a precipitate that is filtered, treated with 2M HCl in ether, and recrystallized from MeOH and ether to yield A-36.

Step 2. Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[4-({2-

[(m.ethylamino)rnethyl]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]propanamid e (A-30)

[0245] To A-36 (1.0 eq) in ACN at rt was added formaldehyde (1.5 eq) followed by sodium cyanoborohydride (3.1 eq), and a few drops of acetic acid. The mixture was allowed to stir for 5 h and then concentrated. The residue was dissolved in sat. sodium carbonate solution and the mixture was extracted into EtOAc. The organic solutions were combined, washed with

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

brine, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography gave A- 30.

Example 13: Preparation of l-(4-Chloro-3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-{4-[2-(4,5-dihydro-l H- imidazol-2-yl)-pyridin-4-yloxy]-phenyl}-butan-2-one (A-27)

[0246] H ₂ S was bubbled into a solution of A-23 (107 mg, 0.2 mmol) in ethylenediamine

(1 mL) for 15 min. The solution stirred for 72 hr at 60 ⁰ C and then diluted with water. The solution was extracted with DCM and the organic solution was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (MeOH/DCM) and then crystallized with IN HCl/Et ₂ O to give A-27 (46 mg, 44%). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, ₆ -CD ₃ OD): δ 8.62 (d, / = 5.0 Hz, IH), 8.10 (s, IH), 7.75 (d, / = 8.3 Hz, IH), 7.65 (s, IH), 7.52 (d, / = 8.3 Hz, IH), 7.42 (d, / = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.07-7.13 (m, 3H), 4.12 (s, 4H), 3.07 (t, / = 7.0 Hz), and 2.76 (t, J = 7.0 Hz). LCMS FA: R ₁ = 1.09 min, [MH ⁺ 498.3].

[0247] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 13:

A-35 ¹ K NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD, HCl salt): δ 8.59 (d, / = 5.5Hz, IH), 8.12 (s, IH), 7.77 (d, / =5.0 Hz, IH), 7.65 (s, IH), 7.54 (d, / = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.42 (d, / = 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.12 (d, / = 7.8 Hz, 3H), 3.63 (br t, / = 5.3 Hz, 4H), 3.08 (t, / = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.77 (t, / = 7.0, 2H), and 2.12 (t, / = 4.0 Hz, 2H). LCMS FA: R _t = 1.53 min, [MH ⁺ 503.0].

A-103 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6 DMSO; HCl salt) δ: 10.82 (s, IH), 10.09 (s, IH), 8.63 (d, IH), 8.38-8.33 (m, IH), 7.91-7.89 (m, IH), 7.53-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.27-7.23 (m, IH), 7.21-7.18 (m, IH), 7.15-7.13 (m, IH), 7.09-7.05 (m, IH), 3.99 (s, 4H), 2.97 (t, 2H), and 2.79 (t, 2H); LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 473.3 (M+l), ES ^" 471.3 (M-I).

A-182 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6 DMSO; HCl salt) δ: 10.87-10.77 (m, 2H), 10.14-10.06 (m, IH), 8.67-8.57 (m, IH), 7.94-7.86 (m, IH), 7.44 (t, IH), 7.29-7.14 (m, 2H), 7.15-6.86 (m, 3H), 6.53-6.41 (m, IH), 4.05-3.93 (m, 4H), 3.77-3.65 (m, 4H), 3.10-2.99 (m, 4H), 2.95 (t, 2H), and 2.65 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 490.3 (M+l), ES ^" 488.2 (M-I).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Example 14: Preparation of 4-{4-[4-(4-chloro-3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3-oxo-butyl]- phenoxy}-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-ethyl)-amide (A-26)

Step 1. Preparation of 4-[4-(3-{[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]arrιrno}-3- oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (A-37).

[0248] To a solution of A-23 (570 mg, 1.3 mmol) in ethanol (2.6 mL) was added IN KOH

(2.6 mL, 2.6 mmol). The solution was stirred overnight at 85 ⁰ C and then concentrated. The residue was taken up in water and extracted with EtOAc, washed with IN HCl and brine, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated to give A-37 as a yellow solid (159 mg, 27 %). LCMS FA: R _t = 1.48 min, [MH ⁺ 465.3]. ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD): δ 8.59 (d, / = 5.5 Hz, IH), 8.1 (d, / = 4.5 Hz, IH), 7.28-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.16 (d, / = 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.88 (d, / = 8.7 Hz, IH), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.14 (br t, / = 7.5 Hz, 2H), and 2.75 (br t, / = 7.5 Hz, 2H).

Step 2. Preparation of 4-{4-[4-(4-Chloro-3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3-oxo-butyl]- phenoxy}-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-ethyl)-amide (A-26).

[0249] To a solution A-37 (52 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMF (1.1 mL) were added TFFH (41 mg,

0.1 mmol) and DIPEA (280 μL, 0.2 mmol). After stirring for 1 h at rt, 2-pyrrolidin-l-yl- ethylamine (71 μL, 0.6 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred for 12 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give A-26.

[0250] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 14:

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Example 15: Preparation of 3-{3-[(2-aminopyrirnidin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl}-N-[4-chloro-3- (Mfluoromethyl)phenyl]propanamide (A-82)

Step 1. Preparation of 3-{3-[(2-chloropyrirnidin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl}-N-[4-chloro-3-

(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]propanamide

[0251] A solution of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3- hydroxyphenyl)propanamide (1.63 g, 4.70 mmol), 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (0.883 g, 5.90 mmol) and cesium carbonate (2.32 g, 7.10 mmol) in THF (60 mL) containing a drop of DMF was heated at reflux overnight. After cooling to rt, the reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic solutions were washed with brine, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give the title compound (1.60 g, 77%). LCMS ₇ FA: R _t = 1.28 min, [MH ⁺ 520.2].

Step 2. Preparation of W ^r -[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[3-({2-[(4- memoxybenzyl)anπmo]pyrirnidin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]propanarnide (A-224)

[0252] To a solution of 3-{3-[(2-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl}-N-[4-chloro-3-

(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]propanamide (0.200 g, 0.44 mmol) in DMSO (1 mL) were added l-(4- methoxyphenyl)methanamine (0.056 mL, 0.44 mmol) and TEA (0.061 mL, 0.44 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 95 °C overnight and then cooled to rt, diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic solutions were washed with brine, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

give A-224. ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6 DMSO) δ: 10.35 (s, IH), 8.11-8.15 (m, IH), 8.05-8.11 (m, IH), 7.75-7.81 (m, IH), 7.62 (d, IH), 7.30-7.39 (m, IH), 7.09-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.04-7.07 (m, IH), 6.67-7.00 (m, 4H), 6.05 (d, IH), 4.25-4.43 (br m, IH), 3.96-4.10 (br m, IH), 3.67 (s, 3H), 2.93 (t, 2H), and 2.67 (t, 2H). LCMS, FA: R ₁ = 1.88 min, [MH ⁺ 557.3].

Step 3. Preparation of 3-{3-[(2-ammopyrmiidm-4-yl)oxy]phenyl}-N-[4~dxloro-3-

(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]propanamide (A-82)

[0253] A solution of A-224 (0.060 g, 0.11 mmol) in TFA (1 mL) was heated at 80 ⁰ C for 4 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to rt, quenched with sat. aqueous NaHCO ₃ and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic solutions were washed with brine, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give A-82. ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ DMSO) δ: 10.41 (s, IH), 8.2 (d, IH), 8.16 (d, IH), 7.89 (br s, IH), 7.8 (d, IH), 7.63 (d, IH), 7.37 (t, IH), 7.18 (d, IH), 7.11-7.13 (m, IH), 7.06 (dd, IH), 6.41 (d, IH), 2.94 (t, 2H), and 2.68 (t, 2H). LCMS, FA: R ₁ = 1.40 min, [MH ⁺ 437.1].

[0254] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 15:

A-87 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ: 8.12 (d, IH), 7.75 (d, IH), 7.65 (dd, IH), 7.42 (d, IH), 7.29-7.34 (m, IH), 7.17 (br s, IH), 7.09 (d, IH), 7.01-7.06 (m, 2H), 5.9 (d, IH), 3.63-3.69 (m, 4H), 3.07 (t, 2H), 2.68 (t, 2H), 1.52-1.64 (m, 6H), and 2.68 (t, 2H). LCMS, FA: R ₁ = 2.09 min, [MH ⁺ 505.2].

A-167 ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ: 8.12 (dd, IH), 7.75 (d, IH), 7.64 (dd, IH), 7.37-7 A3 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.34 (m, IH), 6.98-7.09 (m, 3H), 5.93 (dd, IH), 3.37-3.51 (m, 4H), 3.05 (t, 2H), 2.67 (t, 2H), 0.99-1.12 (m, 6H), and 2.67 (t, 2H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.90 min, [MH ⁺ 493.3].

A-124 LCMS, FA: R ₁ = 1.28 min, [MH ⁺ 520.2].

A-217 ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ: 9.8 (br s, IH), 8.49 (br s, IH), 8.09 (d, IH), 7.84 (br s, 2H), 7.36 (d, IH), 7.22-7.30 (m, IH), 7.02-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.88-6.98 (m, IH), 6.16 (d, IH), 3.46-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.03 (t, 2H), 2.75-7.92 (m, 2H), 2.7 (t, 2H), 2.45 (br s, 6H), and 2.7 (t, 2H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.21 min, [MH ⁺ 508.3].

A-70 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ: 8.13 (d, IH), 7.75 (d, IH), 7.64 (dd, IH), 7.41 (d, IH), 7.30-7.34 (m, IH), 7.23 (br s, IH), 7.08 (d, IH), 7.02-7.07 (m, 2H), 5.89 (d, IH), 3.46 (br s, 4H), 3.07 (t, 2H), and 2.68 (t, 2H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.66 min, [MH ⁺ 492.3].

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-250 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ: 8.08 (d, IH), 7.73 (d, IH), 7.63 (dd, IH), 7.4 (d, IH), 7.29-7.35 (mm, 2H), 7.08 (dm, IH), 6.98-7.03 (mm, 2H), 5.99 (d, IH), 4.93 (br s, IH), 3.91-4.03 (mm, IH), 3.06 (t, 2H), 2.68 (t, 2H), and 1.13 (d, 6H). LCMS, FA: R ₁ = 1.68 min, [MH ⁺ 438.2].

A-207 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, ^ ₆ -DMSO) δ: 10.34 (s, IH), 8.2 (d, IH), 8.12-8.16 (d, IH), 7.78 (d, IH), 7.62 (d, IH), 7.38 (t, IH), 7.13 (d, IH), 7.06-7.10 (m, IH), 7 (dm, IH), 6.09 (d, IH), 3.46-3.58 (m, 8H), 2.93 (t, 2H), and 2.66 (t, 2H). LCMS, FA: R ₁ = 2.05 min, [MH ⁺ 508.1].

A-164 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ) δ: 9.61 (br s, IH), 8.1 (d, IH), 7.93 (d, IH), 7.75 (br s, IH), 7.38 (d, IH), 7.24-7.31 (m, IH), 7.06-7.17 (m, 2H), 6.88-6.95 (m, IH), 6.19 (d, IH), 5.62 (br s, IH), 3.36 (t, 2H), 3.22 (br s, 2H), 3.05 (t, 2H), 2.75 (t, 2H), 2.33 (t, 2H), 2.13 (br s, 2H), 2.01 (quint, 2H), and 1.67 (br s, 2H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.50 min, [MH ⁺ 563.3].

A-68 LCMS, FA: R _t = 2.24 min, [MH ⁺ 621.3].

A-116 LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.25 min, [MH ⁺ 535.1].

Example 16: Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(4-{[2-(2H-tetrazol -5- yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)propanamide (A-57)

[0255] A solution of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-{4-[(2-cyanopyridin -4- yl)oxy]phenyl}propanamide (0.300 g, 0.67 mmol), aluminum trichloride (1.0 M in hexanes, 2.0 mL, 2.0 mmol), and sodium azide (0.131 g, 2.0 mmol) in DMF was heated at 100 ⁰ C for 3 days. The mixture was concentrated and purified by column chromatography to give A-57 which was converted to the bishydrochloride salt (29 mg). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD; bisHCl salt) δ: 8.66 (d, IH), 8.03 (d, IH), 7.93 (d, IH), 7.66 (dd, IH), 7.52 (t, IH), 7.45 (d, IH), 7.41 (dd, IH), 7.37 (d, IH), 7.21-7.24 (m, IH), 7.12-7.17 (m, IH), 3.10 (t, 2H), and 2.75 (t, 2H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.48 min, [MH ⁺ 489.3].

[0256] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 16:

A-236 H NMR (300 MHz, J ₆ -DMSO; bisHCl salt) δ: 10.37 (s, IH), 8.60 (d, IH), 8.12 (d,

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

IH), 7.76 (dd, IH), 7.59 (d, IH), 7.55 (d, IH) ₇ 7.45 (t, IH), 7.25 (d, IH), 7.15-7.18 (m, IH), 7.08-7.14 (m, 2H), 2.97 (t, 2H), and 2.69 (t, 2H). LCMS, FA: Rt = 1.52 min, [MH+ 489.3].

Example 17: Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[4-({2-

[(hydroxyamino)(inτino)methyl]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]pr opanarnide (A-85)

[0257] A solution of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-{4-[(2-cyanopyridin -4- yl)oxy]phenyl}propanamide (0.300 g, 0.67 mrnol), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.117 g, 1.69 rnrnol), and DIPEA (0.117 mL, 0.67 mrnol) in MeOH was allowed to stir at rt overnight. The mixture was concentrated and purified by column chromatography to give A-85 (68 mg). H NMR (300 MHz, d ₆ DMSO) δ: 10.48 (br s, IH), 10.17 (br s, IH), 8.50 (d, IH), 8.14-8.20 (m, IH), 7.77-7.85 (m, IH), 7.60-7.66 (m, IH), 7.50-7.56 (m, IH), 7.39-7.47 (m, IH), 7.20-7.26 (m, IH), 7.01- 7.13 (m, 3H), 2.92-3.01 (m, 2H), and 2.65-2.72 (m, 2H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.98 min, [MH ⁺ 479.3].

Example 18: Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[4-({2-

[(ethylamino) (imino)niethyl]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]propanarnide (A-112)

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Step 1. Preparation of methyl 4-[4-(3-{[4-cWoro-3-(trifluoroinethyl)phenyl]-arrdno}-3- oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridine-2-carboximidoate

[0258] To a solution of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-{4-[(2-cyanopyridin -4- yl)oxy]phenyl}propanamide (0.500, 1.12 rnmol) in MeOH was added NaOMe (0.006 g, 0.11 rnmol) in one portion. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at rt overnight and then concentrated. The crude material was used without further purification.

Step 2. Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[4-({2-

[(ethylarnino)(imino)m.ethyl]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]prop anarnide (A-112)

[0259] A mixture of the methyl 4-[4-(3-{[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-amino}-3- oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridine-2-carboximidoate (0.150 g, 0.31 mmol) and ethylamine (2.0 M in MeOH, 0.155 mL, 0.31 mmol) in MeOH was heated at 50 ⁰ C for 3 days. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by column chromatography to give A-112 (94 mg). H NMR (300

MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.33 (d, IH), 8.02 (d, IH), 7.68 (dd, IH), 7.56 (d, IH), 7.46 (d, IH), 7.37 (t, IH), 7.15-7.21 (m, IH), 7.01-7.05 (m, IH), 6.93-6.99 (m, IH), 6.88 (dd, IH), 3.27 (q, 2H), 3.03 (t, 2H), 2.69 (t, 2H), and 1.24 (t, 3H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.58min, [MH ⁺ 491.3].

[0260] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 18:

A-172 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD; HCOOH salt) δ: 8.52 (d, IH), 8.02 (d, IH), 7.74 (d, IH), 7.67 (dd, IH), 7.31-7.51 (m, 7H), 7.22-7.28 (m, IH), 7.05-7.09 (m, 2H), 7.02 (ddd, IH), 4.71 (s, 2H), 3.05 (t, 2H), and 2.71 (t, 2H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.73 min, [MH ⁺ 553.3].

A-227 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.35 (d, IH), 8.03 (d, IH), 7.69 (dd, IH), 7.57 (d, IH), 7.48 (d, IH), 7.39 (t, IH), 7.18-7.22 (m, IH), 7.03-7.06 (m, IH), 6.96-7.00 (m, IH), 6.90 (dd, IH), 3.69 (dd, 4H), 3.40 (t, 2H), 3.04 (t, 2H), 2.70 (t, 2H), 2.65 (t, 2H), and 2.49-2.56 (m, 4H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.60 min, [MH ⁺ 576.3].

A-150 ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, ^ ₆ -DMSO; HCOOH salt) δ: 8.54 (s, IH), 8.46 (d, IH), 8.05 (d, IH), 7.70 (dd, IH), 7.51 (d, IH), 7.43 (t, IH), 7.24-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.07-7.10 (m, IH), 6.98-7.05 (m, 2H), 3.75-3.82 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.05 (t, 2H), and 2.72 (t, 2H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.59 min, [MH ⁺ 533.3].

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Example 19: Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-{4-[(2-{5-[4-

(diefhylarrdno)phenyl]-lH-irnidazol-2-yl}pyridin-4-yl)oxy ]phenyl}propanarm (A-54)

A-245

Step 1. Preparation of 3-[4-({2-[airuno(inxino)niethyl]pyridiri-4-yl}oxy)pheriyl]-N -[4- chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]propanamide (A-245)

[0261] To a solution of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]-3-{4-[(2-cyanopyridi n-4- yl)oxy]phenyl}propanamide (0.200 g, 0.45 mmol) in MeOH was added NaOMe (2.4 mg, 0.045 mmol) in one portion. The mixture was allowed to stir at rt for 2 days and then ammonium chloride (35 mg, 0.50 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 30 min and then cooled to rt and concentrated. The residue was recrystallized from EtOH to give A- 245. ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, ^ ₆ -DMSO) δ: 10.39 (br s, IH), 8.47 (d, IH), 8.14 (d, IH), 7.58-7.82 (m, IH), 7.70-7.74 (m, IH), 7.42 (t, IH), 7.21 (d, IH), 7.08-7.13 (m, IH), 6.98-7.06 (m, 2H), 2.96 (t, 2H), and 2.68 (t, 2H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.83 min, [MH ⁺ 463.2].

Step 2. Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-{4-[(2-{5-[4-

(diemylarnino)phenyl]-lH-imidazol-2-yl}pyridin-4-yl)oxy]p henyl}propanarnide (A-54)

[0262] A solution of A-245 (30 mg, 0.06 mmol) and KHCO ₃ (24 mg, 0.24 mmol) in THF

(4 mL) and water (1 mL) was heated at reflux. Reflux was maintained while adding the bromide (16 mg, 0.06 mmol). The mixture was heated at reflux overnight and then concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give A-54 (8 mg). H

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

NMR (400 MHz ₇ d _f OMSO) δ: 10.37 (s, IH), 8.43 (d, IH), 8.14 (d, IH), 7.75-7.83 (m, IH), 7.54-7.66 (m, 3H), 7.37-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.19-7.25 (m, IH), 7.13-7.17 (m, IH), 7.05-7.11 (m, IH), 6.87-6.92 (m, IH), 6.61-6.67 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.37 (m, 4H), 2.94-3.01 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.73 (m, 2H), and 1.03-1.11 (m, 4H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 2.36 min, [MH ⁺ 634.3].

[0263] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 19:

A-228 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD; HCl salt) δ: 8.53 (d, IH), 8.05 (d, IH), 7.78 (d, IH), 7.69 (dd, IH), 7.49 (d, IH), 7.43 (t, IH), 7.23-7.28 (m, IH), 7.05-7.10 (m, 2H), 6.99- 7.04 (m, IH), 3.06 (t, 2H), and 2.74 (t, 2H). LCMS, FA: R ₁ = 1.61 min, [MH ⁺ 463.1].

A-232 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.34-8.41 (m, IH), 8.01-8.09 (m, IH), 7.63-7.76 (m, IH), 7.35-7.52 (m, 3H), 6.98-7.23 (m, 3H), 6.79-6.87 (m, 2H), 3.05 (t, 2H), 2.68-2.76 (m, 2H), and 2.24 (d, 3H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.33 min, [MH ⁺ 501.9].

A-158 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.36 (d, IH), 8.01 (d, IH), 7.65 (dd, IH), 7.38-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.19-7.23 (m, IH), 7.06-7.08 (m, IH), 7.00 (ddd, IH), 6.84-6.86 (m, IH), 6.82 (dd, IH), 3.05 (t, 2H), 2.71 (t, 2H), and 2.25 (d, 3H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.97 min, [MH ⁺ 501.0].

A-118 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.54 (d, IH), 8.01 (d, IH), 7.70 (d, IH), 7.66 (dd, IH), 7.45 (dd, 2H), 7.37 (s, IH), 7.27 (d, IH), 7.10 (s, IH), 7.01-7.07 (m, 2H), 3.07 (dd, 2H), 2.74 (dd, 2H), and 1.41 (s, 9H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 543.1 (M+l), ES- 541.2 (M-I).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Example 20: Preparation of 5-{4-[3-(3-{[4-cMoro-3-(rrifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}-3- oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridm-2-yl}-l,3,4-oxadiazole-2-carboxamid e (A-102)

Step 1. Preparation of ethyl 5-{4-[3-(3-{[4-cWoro-3-(trifluoroniethyl)phenyl]-arrιino}-3 - oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridin-2-yl}-l,3,4~oxadiazole-2-carboxyla te

[0264] A mixture of A-57 (50 mg, 0.11 rnmol) and ethyl oxalyl chloride (11 mg, 0.11 mmol) in toluene was heated at reflux for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue purified by column chromatography to give the desired product. LCMS, FA: [MH ⁺ 561.2].

Step 2. Preparation of 5-{4-[3-(3-{[4-chloro-3-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]amino}-3- oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridm-2-yl}~l,3,4~oxadiazole-2-carboxamid e (A-102)

[0265] A solution of ethyl 5-{4-[3-(3-{[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-amino}-3- oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridin-2-yl}-l,3,4-oxadiazole-2-carboxyla te (100 mg) in NH ₄ OH (10 mL) was allowed to stir at rt for 90 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue recrystallized from MeOH to give A-102. ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, ^ ₆ -DMSO) δ: 8.70 (br s, IH), 8.62 (d, IH), 8.29 (br s, IH), 8.13 (d, IH), 7.76 (dd, IH), 7.58-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.45 (t, IH), 7.23-7.28 (m, IH), 7.14-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.07-7.13 (m, IH), 2.97 (t, 2H), and 2.69 (t, 2H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.77 min, [MH ⁺ 532.1].

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Example 21: Preparation of 4-[3-(3-{[3-amino-5-(trifluorome1iιyl)phenyl]arrιino}-3- oxopropyl)phenoxy]-N-meihylpyridine-2-carboxamide (A-225)

[0266] A-141 (0.143 g, 0.293 rnmol) was dissolved in EtOAc (4 mL). The solution was purged with nitrogen and Pd/carbon (10% wt _v 14 mg) was added. The mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and washed with EtOAc and MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated to a yellow solid. Purification by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , 60% EtO Ac/Hex) provided A-225 as an off white solid (80 mg). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.44 (d, IH), 7.54 (d, IH), 7.39 (t, IH), 7.21 (d, IH), 7.05-7.08 (m, 3H), 6.93-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.64 (bs, IH), 3.02 (t, 2H), 2.92 (s, 3H), and 2.66 (t, 2H).

[0267] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 21:

A-233 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD; 3ΗC1 salt) δ: 8.40 (d, IH), 7.50 (d, IH), 7.41 (t, IH), 7.22 (d, IH), 7.06 (d, 2H), 7.02 (s, IH), 6.97 (m, 2H), 6.64 (s, IH), 3.83 (s, 4H), 3.02 (t, 2H), and 2.66 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 470.1 (M+l).

Example 22: Preparation of 4-[3-(3-{[4-(arnmom.emyl)-3-(tofluorornethyl)phenyl]arnino}- 3- oxopropyl)phenoxy]-N-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide (A-50)

Raney Ni

[0268] A-258 (115 mg, 0.246 mmol) was dissolved in a solution of NH ₃ in MeOH (7.0 M,

3 mL) and EtOAc (1 mL). Raney 2800 nickel (slurry in water, 50% v/v, about 1 mL) was added to the reaction mixture. This slurry was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen overnight. THF (1 mL) and more Raney 2800 nickel (ca. 1 mL) were added and the reaction mixture was

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

sonicated under an atmosphere of hydrogen overnight. The reaction mixture was then filtered through a pad of Celite washing well with MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated to give A-50 as a yellow oil. ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.37 (d, IH), 7.99 (bs, IH), 7.78-7.81 (m, IH), 7.55 (d, IH), 7.50 (d, IH), 7.39 (t, IH), 7.20-7.22 (m, IH), 7.03-7.06 (m, IH), 6.93-6.98 (m, 2H), 4.09 (s, 2H), 3.05 (t, 2H), 2.92 (s, 3H), and 2.71 (t, 2H).

[0269] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 22:

A-186 ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.58 (d, IH), 7.96 (d, 2H), 7.66 (d, IH), 7.51 (s, IH), 7.43 (t, IH), 7.27 (d, IH), 7.15-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.02 (dd, IH), 4.18 (s, 2H), 4.11 (s, 4H), 3.08 (t, 2H), and 2.78 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 484.2 (M+l), ES ^" 482.3 (M-

A-IOl ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.38 (d, IH), 7.92 (d, IH), 7.71 (dd, IH), 7.53 (d, IH), 7.48 (d, IH), 7.41 (t, IH), 7.23 (d, IH), 7.07 (t, IH), 7.00-6.95 (m, 2H), 3.91 (s, 2H), 3.81 (s, 4H), 3.06 (t, 2H), 2.71 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 484 (M+l), ES- 482.27 (M-I).

Example 23: Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[3-({2-

[(emaniniidoylarnino)methyl]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]propa narnide (A-52)

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl ({4-[3-(3-{[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-amino}-3- oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridin-2-yl}methyl)carbamate (A-125)

[0270] Boc ₂ O (4.16 g, 19.08 mmol) was added to a degassed solution of N-[4-chloro-3-

(rrifluorornethyl)phenyl]-3-{3-[(2-cyanopyridin-4-yl)oxy] phenyl}propanamide (2.83 g, 6.35 mmol), THF (65 mL), and TEA (4.41 mL, 31.75 mmol). Raney nickel (aqueous solution) was

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

added and the solution was degassed. The mixture stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere for 24 h and then filtered through Celite, eluting with EtOH. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue purified by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , 0- 50% EtOAc in hexanes) to give A-125 (0.581 mg, 16 %). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, ^ ₆ -DMSO) δ: 10.35 (s, IH), 8.29 (d, IH), 8.14 (d, IH), 7.80 (dd, IH), 7.63 (d, IH), 7.39 (t, 2H), 7.17 (d, IH), 7.05 (s, IH), 6.96 (dd, IH), 6.74 (m, 2H), 4.12 (d, 2H), 2.94 (t, 2H), 2.67 (t, 2H), and 1.32 (s, 9H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 550.5 (M+l).

Step 2. Preparation of 3-(3-{[2-(aminomethyl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N-[4-chloro-3 -

(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]propanamide (A-97)

[0271] A solution of A-125 (0.58 g, 1.06 mmol) in TFA (2 mL) and DCM (10 mL) was stirred at rt for 5 h. The reaction was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO ₂ ,10: 1: 89 MeOH: FA: DCM) to give A-97 (0.43 mg, 90 %). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.25 (d, IH), 8.03 (d, IH), 7.70 (dd, IH), 7.48 (d, IH), 7.39 (t, IH), 7.19 (d, IH), 7.03 (br, IH), 6.95 (d, 2H), 6.70 (dd, IH), 3.82 (s, 2H), 3.04 (t, 2H), and 2.71 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 516.4 (M+l).

Step 3. Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[3-({2-

[(emanmτidoylamino)rnethyl]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]propa narnide (A-52)

[0272] A solution of A-97 (0.107 g, 0.22 mmol), ethyl ethanimidoate hydrochloride (0.054 g, 0.44 mmol), and TEA (120 mL) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred at 0 ⁰ C for 15 min and then concentrated. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic solutions were washed with brine and concentrated. The residue was purified by HPLC eluting with 85 % (95 % water/5 % FA):15 % (99 % ACN:1 % FA) to 20 % (95 % water/5 % FA):15 % (99 % ACN:1 % FA) (20 min gradient) to give A-52. The HCl salt was prepared by dissolving the residue in MeOH and adding 2.0 M HCl in Et ₂ O and concentrating to white solid. ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD; HCl salt) δ: 8.31 (d, IH), 8.09-8.03 (m, IH), 7.73-7.67 (m, IH), 7.54-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.19 (m, IH), 7.04 (br s, IH), 7.00-6.93 (m, 2H), 6.83-6.76 (m, IH), 4.49 (s, 2H), 3.04 (t, 2H), 2.72 (t, 2H), and 2.78 (s, 3H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 491.2 (M+l), ES- 489.1 (M-I).

[0273] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 23:

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-153 ¹ H NMR 300 MHz, CD ₃ OD; HCl salt) δ: 8.35 (d, IH), 8.06-8.04 (m, IH), 7.88-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.76-7.67 (m, 4H), 7.63-7.35 (m, 5H), 7.26-7.19 (m, IH), 7.04 (br s, IH), 6.99-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.84-6.81 (m, IH), 4.69 (s, 2H), 3.02 (t, 2H), and 2.70 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 553.1 (M+l), ES- 551.1 (M-I).

A-199 ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.20 (d, IH), 7.95 (s, IH), 7.66 (d, IH), 7.43 (t, IH), 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.19 (d, IH), 7.02 (m, IH), 6.91 (m, 2H), 6.67 (dd, IH), 3.79 (s, 2H), 3.02 (t, 2H), and 2.70 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 416.30 (M+l).

A-152 ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.19 (d, IH), 7.97 (s, IH), 7.68 (d, IH), 7.42 (m, IH), 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.31 (d, IH), 7.02 (s, IH), 6.93 (d, IH), 6.85 (s, IH), 6.72 (br, IH), 4.26 (s, 2H), 3.02 (t, 2H), 2.70 (t, 2H), and 1.33 (s, 9H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 516.44 (M+l).

Example 24: Preparation of 4-(3-{3-[(5-ferf-butyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)amino]-3- oxopropyl}phenoxy)pyridine-2-carboxamide (A-90)

[0274] A solution of BBr ₃ (1 M in DCM, 2.46 mL, 2.46 mmol) was added to a solution of

N-(5-iert-butyl-2-methoxyphenyl)-3-{3-[(2-cyanopyridin-4- yl)oxy]phenyl}propanamide (0.53 g, 1.23 mmol) in DCM (13 mL) at 0 ⁰ C. The solution was warmed to rt and stirred for 16 h. The reaction was poured onto ice slowly, the pH was adjusted to 7, and the solution extracted three times with Et ₂ O. The combined organic solutions were washed with brine and sat. Na ₂ S ₂ O ₃ , dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ and concentrated to orange solid. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give A-90 (0.16 g, 32 % yield). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.31 (d, IH), 7.58 (d, IH), 7.48 (d, IH), 7.41 (t, IH), 7.27-7.21 (m, IH), 7.09-6.90 (m, 4H), 6.78-6.73 (m, IH), 3.06 (t, 2H), 2.76 (t, 2H), and 1.25 (s, 9H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 435.2 (M+l), ES- 432.2 (M-I).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Example 25: Preparation of N-[3-(2-arrLinoethyl)-5-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-( 4,5- dihydro-lH-irrddazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)propanamid e (A-148)

[0275] A-148 was prepared by the procedure of Example 13. Deprotection occurred concurrently with the amidine ring formation. ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, ^ ₆ -DMSO; HCl salt) δ: 10.88 (s, IH), 10.58 (s, IH), 8.62 (d, IH), 8.07 (br s, 2H), 7.96 (s, 2H), 7.72 (s, IH), 7.47-7.37 (m, IH), 7.31- 7.15 (m, 4H), 7.07-7.03 (m, IH), 4.00 (s, 4H), 3.10-2.90 (m, 6H), and 2.76-2.69 (m, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 498.3 (M+l).

[0276] A-201 was prepared from 4-[3-(3-{[3-[2-(l,3-dioxo-l,3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2- yl)emyl]-5-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]arruno}-3-oxopropyl)phen oxy]-N-rnethylpyridine-2- carboxamide in a method analogous to that of Example 25. ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD; HCOOH salt) δ: 8.52 (br s, IH), 8.37 (d, IH), 7.74 (s, 2H), 7.52-7.48 (m, IH), 7.43-7.35 (m, IH), 7.31 (br s, IH), 7.25-7.19 (m, IH), 7.10-7.04 (m, IH), 7.02-6.94 (m, 2H), 3.21-3.15 (m, 2H), 3.09-2.94 (s, 4H), 2.91 (s, 3H), and 2.76-2.69 (m, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 487.3 (M+l).

Example 26: Preparation of substituted aminomethyl imidazoles

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Step 1. Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[3-({2-[5-

(hydroxyineihyl)-lH-irmdazol-2-yl]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl ]propanarriide (A- 147)

[0277] A solution of A-228 (150 mg, 0.32 mmol), 1,3-dihydroxyacetone dimer (80 mg,

0.44 mmol) and NH ₄ Cl (80 mg, 1.50 mmol) in NH ₄ OH (3 ml) and NH ₃ in MeOH (7M, 3 mL) was subjected to MWI at 120 ⁰ C for 5 mins. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water and extracted with DCM. The combined organic solutions were washed with brine and dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ . The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC [20% water with ACN (contained 0.1% FA) to 100% ACN (contained 0.1% FA) over 25 mins]. The HCl salt of A-147 was obtained as a white solid after adding IM HCl in ether into the MeOH solution of product and followed by removal of solvent. ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD): δ 8.53 (d, IH), 8.02 (d, IH), 7.66 (dd, IH), 7.61 (d, IH), 7.50 (s, IH), 7.42 (d, IH), 7.39 (d, IH), 7.24 (d, IH), 7.08 (m, IH), 7.02 (m, 2H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 3.04 (t, 2H), 2.73 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 517.2 (M+l).

Step 2. Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(5-formyl-lH - imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)propanamide

[0278] Dess-Martin periodinane (354 mg, 0.84 mmol) was added to a suspension of A-

147 (360 mg, 0.70 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) at rt. The resulting suspension was stirred at rt for 30 min, and then quenched by the addition of aq. NaHCO ₃ /Na ₂ SO ₃ (1:1). The mixture was extracted with DCM and the combined organic solutions were washed with brine and dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated to give the title compound as an off-white foam and directly used in the next step. LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 515.3 (M+l).

Step 3. Preparation of imidazoles

[0279] An amine (4.0 eq) was added to a solution of the appropriate aldehyde (1.0 eq) in

MeOH at rt. The reaction was stirred for 2 h, and then sodium cyanoborohydride (4.0 eq) was added and the reaction was stirred overnight. DCM was added into the reaction mixture and the mixture was washed with brine. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC [80% water with ACN (contained 0.1% FA) to 100% ACN (contained 0.1% FA) over 25 mins]. The HCl salt of the imidazole was obtained as a white solid after adding IM HCl in ether into the MeOH solution of product and followed by removal of solvent.

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

[0280] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 26:

A-109 ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD; 3*HC1 salt): δ 8.59 (d, IH), 8.07 (d, IH), 7.76 (d, IH), 7.72 (s, IH), 7.68 (d, IH), 7.51 (s, IH), 7.48 (d, IH), 7.34 (d, IH), 7.26 (dd, IH), 7.14 (m, IH), 7.12 (dd, IH), 4.33 (s, 2H), 3.10 (t, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.78 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 530.24 (M+l).

A-73 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD; 3*HC1 salt): δ 8.59 (d, IH), 8.05 (d, IH), 7.78 (d, IH), 7.75 (s, IH), 7.69 (dd, IH), 7.52 (d, IH), 7.48 (d, IH), 7.35 (d, IH), 7.28 (dd, IH), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.12 (dd, IH), 4.43 (s, 2H), 3.11 (t, 2H), 2.95 (s, 6H), 2.78 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 544.69 (M+l).

A-226 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD; 3ΗC1 salt): δ 8.59 (d, IH), 8.05 (d, IH), 7.77 (d, IH), 7.75 (s, IH), 7.69 (dd, IH), 7.52 (d, IH), 7.48 (d, IH), 7.35 (d, IH), 7.28 (dd, IH), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.12 (dd, IH), 4.50 (s, 2H), 3.62 (m, 2H), 3.11 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.10 (m, 4H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 570.61 (M+l).

A-58 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD; 4ΗC1 salt): δ 8.61 (d, IH), 8.06 (d, IH), 7.76 (m, 2H), 7.70 (dd, IH), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.34 (d, IH), 7.28 (dd, IH), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.12 (dd, IH), 4.46 (s, 2H), 3.67 (m, 4H), 3.11 (t, 2H), 3.01 (s, 6H), 2.78 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 587.63 (M+l).

Example 27: Preparation of amide-substituted imidazoles

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Step 1. Preparation of 2-{4-[3-(3-{[4-cMoro-3-(trifluoromemyl)phenyl]amino}-3- oxopropyl)phenoxy] pyridin-2-yl}-lH-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid (A-113)

[0281] A solution of N-t^Aloro-S-Ctimuorornethy^phenylJ-S-CS-ip-CS-forrnyl-lH- irnidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)propanarnide (210 mg, 0.41 mmol) in 2-methyl-2-butene (1 mL), ACN (2 mL) and tert-butyl alcohol (2 mL) was cooled to 0 ⁰ C, and a solution of sodium chlorite (228 mg, 2.02 mmol) and sodium dihydrogenphosphate (240 mg, 2.0 mmol) in water (1 mL) was added. The yellow solution was stirred at 0 ⁰ C overnight. The reaction was quenched with brine and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic solutions were washed with brine, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated to give A-113 as a white solid, which was directly used in the next step. ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 6.96 (d, IH), 6.49 (s, IH), 6.42 (d, IH), 6.19 (m, IH), 6.05 (dd, IH), 5.79-5.88 (m, 2H), 5.68 (d, IH), 5.58 (d, IH), 5.53 (s, IH), 5.45 (d, IH), 1.46 (dd, 2H), and 1.14 (22, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 531.1 (M+l), ES- 529.1 (M-I).

Step 2. Preparation of amide substituted imidazoles

[0282] A solution of the appropriate carboxylic acid (1.0 eq), amine (1.2 eq) and DMAP

(1.2 eq) in DCM was cooled to 0 °C and then EDCI (1.3 eq) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h and then diluted with DCM and washed with brine. The crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC [80% water with ACN (contained 0.1% FA) to 100% ACN (contained 0.1% FA) over 25 mins]. The HCl salt of the title compound was obtained as a white solid after adding IM HCl in ether into the MeOH solution of product and followed by removal of solvent.

[0283] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 27:

A-184 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD; 3ΗC1 salt): δ 8.62 (d, IH), 8.07 (d, IH), 8.04 (s, IH), 7.83 (d, IH), 7.70 (dd, IH), 7.52 (t, IH), 7.46 (d, IH), 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.24 (br, IH), 7.15 (dd, IH), 3.65 (d, 4H), 3.26 (m, 4H), 3.11 (t, 2H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 2.80 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 613.34 (M+l).

A-204 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD; bisHCl salt): δ 8.61 (d, IH), 8.06 (d, IH), 7.99 (s, IH), 7.81 (d, IH), 7.68 (dd, IH), 7.50 (t, IH), 7.46 (d, IH), 7.34 (d, IH), 7.29 (dd, IH), 7.21 (br, IH), 7.12 (d, IH), 4.11 (br, 4H), 3.75 (m, 4H), 3.10 (t, 2H), 2.79 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 600.26 (M+l).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

(s, (dd, (FA)

Example 28: Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[4-({2-[4- (hydroxynaethyl)-4,5-dihydro-lH-irnidazol-2-yl]pyridin-4- yl}oxy)phenyl]propanamide (A-243)

Step 1. Preparation of methyl 2-{4-[4-(3-{[4-cWoro-3-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]arnin.o}-3- oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridin-2-yl}-4,5-dihydro-lH-irnidazole-4- carboxylate

[0284] To a solution of A-142 (300 mg, 0.56 mmol) in MeOH (1.00 mL) were added a few drops of 6N HCl. The mixture was stirred at rt for 5 h. The solvents were evaporated and the residue was purified by chromatography (SiO ₂ , 90:10:1 DMC:MeOH:H ₂ O) to yield the title compound (107 mg, 35 %). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 547.1 (M+l), ES- 545.3 (M-I).

Step 2. Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[4-({2-[4-

(hydroxyrnethyl)-4,5-dihydro-lH-irnidazol-2-yl]pyridin-4- yl}oxy)phenyl]propanamide (A-243)

[0285] To a solution of methyl 2-{4-[4-(3-{[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}-3- oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridin-2-yl}-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole-4-c arboxylate (107 mg, 0.20 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL), at 0 °C, was added sodium borohydride (8.0 mg, 0.22 mmol) portionwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 45 min, and then warmed to rt and stirred for 18 h. After this time additional sodium borohydride (8.0 mg, 0.22 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated at 60 ⁰ C for 18 h. The reaction was then cooled to rt, and IN HCl was added. The

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

solvents were evaporated and the residue was purified by HPLC (250 mm C18 column) eluting with ACN containing 30 % to 100 % of 0.1 % FA in water (20 min gradient) to give A-243 (6.0 mg, 5.8 %). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.55 (d, IH), 8.08 (d, IH), 7.76-7.72 (m, IH), 7.61 (d, IH), 7.53 (d, IH), 7.41-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.08 (m, 3H), 4.45-4.35 (m, IH), 4.06 (t, IH), 3.90-3.83 (m, IH), 3.74-3.61 (m, 2H), 3.06 (t, 2H), and 2.73 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 519.1 (M+l).

[0286] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 28:

A-180 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d _β -OMSO; bisHCl salt) δ: 11.41 (s, IH), 11.33 (s, IH), 10.67 (s, IH), 8.66 (d, IH), 8.20 (d, IH), 8.01 (d, IH), 7.84 (dd, IH), 7.63 (d, IH), 7.44 (t, IH), 7.26-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.15 (s, IH), 7.06 (dd, IH), 5.17 (dd, IH), 4.34-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 2.97 (t, 2H), and 2.72 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 547.3 (M+l), ES- 545.4 (M-I).

A-178 ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD; HCOOH salt) δ: 8.54 (d, IH), 8.47 (s, IH), 8.04 (d, IH), 7.69 (dd, IH), 7.64 (d, IH), 7.51 (d, IH), 7.44 (t, IH), 7.26 (d, IH), 7.11-7.08 (m, 2H), 7.02 (dd, IH), 4.52-4.45 (m, IH), 4.13 (t, IH), 3.94 (dd, IH), 3.79-3.64 (m, 2H), 3.06 (t, 2H), and 2.73 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 519.1 (M+l), ES- 517.0 (M-I).

Example 29: Preparation of 3-(3-{[2-(4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phen yl)- N-[4-(piperazin-l-ylcarbonyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]prop anamide (A-69)

Step 1. Preparation of 4-{[3-(3-{[2~(4,5~dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]- oxy}phenyl)propanoyl]arnino}-2-(trifluorornethyl)benzoic acid (A-19)

[0287] A-19 was prepared by refluxing A-216 (900 mg, 1.76 mmol) with lithium hydroxide (84.0 mg, 3.51 mmol) in THF (15 mL) and water (200 μL) for 72 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by reverse phase HPLC [water with 20% ACN

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

(contained 0.1% FA) to 100% ACN (contained 0.1% FA) over 25 mins]. ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d _f DMSO) δ: 10.36 (s, IH), 8.47 (d, IH), 8.00 (s, IH), 7.75-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.50 (d, IH), 7.42 (t, IH), 7.22 (d, IH), 7.09-7.01 (m, 3H), 3.69 (s, 4H), 2.96 (t, 2H), and 2.68 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 499.3 (M+l).

Step 2. Preparation of 3-(3-{[2-(4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phen yl)-

N-[4-(piperazrn-l-ylcarbonyl)-3-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl] propanarnide (A-69)

[0288] A-69 was prepared by treating A-19 (100 mg, 0.20 rnmol) with oxalyl chloride (60 μL, 0.66 mmol) and DMF ( 100 μL) in methylene chloride (3 mL) at rt. After stirring for 1 h, piperazine ( 125 mg, 1.45 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by reverse phase HPLC [water with 5% ACN (contained 0.1% FA) to 100% ACN (contained 0.1% FA) over 25 mins]. ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD; HCl salt) δ: 8.55 (d, IH), 8.06 (s, IH), 7.80 (dd, IH), 7.62 (d, IH), 7.45-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.26 (d, IH), 7.12-7.08 (m, 2H), 7.01 (dd, IH), 4.08 (s, 4H), 3.94-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.32 (m, 2H), 3.18-3.11 (m, 2H), 3.07 (t, 2H), 3.02-2.90 (m, 2H), and 2.75 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 567.0 (M+l).

[0289] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 29:

A-65 H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.51 (d, IH), 8.04 (s, IH), 7.77 (dd, IH), 7.61 (d, IH), 7.42 (t, IH), 7.32 (d, IH), 7.25 (d, IH), 7.09-7.07 (m, 2H), 7.02-6.99 (m, IH),

-,+ 4.03 (s, 4H), 3.09-3.05 (m, 5H), 2.81 (s, 3H), and 2.74 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 526.3 (M+l).

A-159 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.44 (t, 2H), 7.81 (d, IH), 7.58-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.44 (t, IH), 7.38 (d, IH), 7.26 (d, IH), 7.05-7.00 (m, 3H), 4.07 (s, 4H), 3.09-3.01 (m, 4H), 2.71 (t, 2H), 2.52 (t, 2H). LCMS: (AA) ES+ 527.29 (M+l), ES- 525.39 (M-I).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Example 30: Preparation of 3-(3-{[2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-irrιidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}pherιy l)- N-[3-[3-(dime&ylamino)propyl]-5-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]pro panarrdd ^{^} (A-165)

Step 1. Preparation of 3-{3-[(2-cyanopyridin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl}-N-[3-[3- (drniethylarnino)prop-l-yn-l-yl]-5-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl- ]propanarnide

[0290] A solution of N-[3-bromo-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-{3-[(2-cyanopyridin- 4- yl)oxy]phenyl}propanamide (prepared following the procedures described in Example 11, 0.500 g, 1.02 mmol), TEA (569 μL, 4.08 mmol), and copper iodide (19.0 mg, 0.10 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was degassed for 15 min. To this solution was added l-dimethylamino-2-propyne (240 μL, 4.08 mmol) and the reaction degassed for an additional minute. Dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)- palladium(II) (36 mg, 0.05 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and the reaction heated at 60 ⁰ C for 6 h. The crude reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography to give the title compound. LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 493.1 (M+l), ES ^" 491.1 (M-I).

Step 2. Preparation of 3-(3-{[2-(4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridrn-4-yl]oxy}phen yl)-

N-[3-[3-(dirnemylarnino)prop-l-yn-l-yl]-5-(trifluoromethy l)phenyl]propanarnide (A-193)

[0291] A-193 was prepared from 3-{3-[(2-cyanopyridin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl}-]Sf-[3-[3-

(dimemylarnino)prop-l-yn-l-yl]-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl- ]propanamide following the procedures described in Example 13. ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.37 (d, IH), 7.88 (s, IH),

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

7.79 ( _S/ IH), 7.47 (d, IH), 7.42-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, IH), 7.06 (t, IH), 6.99-6.93 (m, 2H), 3.74 (s, 4H), 3.50 (s, 2H), 3.04 (t, 2H), 2.70 (t, 2H), and 2.37 (s, 6H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 536.3 (M+l), ES ^' 534.4 (M-I).

Step 3. Preparation of 3-(3-{[2-(4,5-dihydro-lH-irnidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phe nyl)-

N-[3-[3-(dimettιylamino)propyl]-5-(trifluorornethyl)phen yl]propanarnide (A-165)

[0292] A-196 (247 mg, 0.46 rnmol) was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL) and the reaction mixture was degassed. Under argon, Pd (5 wt. % on activated carbon, 10 mol %) was added to the reaction mixture which was then stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen at rt. The reaction was filtered through Celite and the solvent was evaporated to give A-165. ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.34 (d, IH), 7.75 (s, IH), 7.54 (s, IH), 7.49 (d, IH), 7.39 (t, IH), 7.21-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.05 (s, IH), 6.-98-6.92 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 4H), 3.05 (t, 2H), 2.71-2.63 (m, 4H), 2.35-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.23 (s, 6H), 1.83-1.75 (m, 2H), and 2.23 (s, 6H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 540.4 (M+l), ES ^" 538.5 (M- I)-

[0293] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 30:

A-144 ¹ HNMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 7.94 (d, IH), 7.55 (d, IH), 7.25 (dd, IH), 7.13 (d, IH), 7.04 (d, IH), 6.96 (t, IH), 6.76 (d, IH), 6.65 (t, IH), 6.55-6.50 (m, 2H), 4.5 (s, 4H), 2.92 (s, IH), 2.89-2.87 (m, 2H), 2.61 (t, 2H), 2.28 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 479.2 (M+l), ES- 477.3 (M-I).

A-63 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.41 (d, IH), 7.96 (d, IH), 7.67 (dd, IH), 7.53 (d, IH), 7.49 (d, IH), 7.41 (t, IH), 7.22 (d, IH), 7.07 (t, IH), 7.00-6.97 (m, 2H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 3.81 (s, 4H), 3.06 (t, 2H), 2.72 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 509.2 (M+l), ES- 507.2 (M-I).

A-145 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.4 (d, IH), 7.86 (s, IH), 7.62 (d, IH), 7.5 (s, IH), 7.39 (t, IH), 7.32 (d, IH), 7.21 (d, IH), 7.05 (s, IH), 6.96 (s, 2H), 3.83 (s, 4H), 3.6 (t, 2H), 3.04 (t, 2H), 2.79 (t, 2H), 2.69 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 513.8 (M+l), ES- 511.3 (M-I).

A-66 H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.3 (d, IH), 7.98 (d, IH), 7.68 (dd, IH), 7.51 (d, IH), 7.46 (d, IH), 7.37 (t, IH), 7.2 (d, IH), 7.03 (t, IH), 6.96-6.92 (m, 2H), 3.73 (s, 4H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 3.02 (t, 2H), 2.69 (t, 2H), 2.36 (s, 6H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 536.0 (M+l), ES- 534.3 (M-I).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

A-244 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.34 (d, IH), 7.89 (s, IH), 7.65 (d, IH), 7.47 (s, IH), 7.38-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, IH), 7.03 (s, IH), 6.96-6.89 (m, 2H), 3.72 (s, 4H), 3..02 (t, 2H), 2.68 (q, 4H), 2.36 (t, 2H), 2.22 (s, 6H), 1.78-1.72 (m, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 540.0 (M+l), ES- 538.3 (M-I).

A-265 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD; HCl salt) δ: 8.37 (d, IH), 7.85 (t, IH), 7.62 (dd, IH), 7.48 (d, IH), 7.39 (t, IH), 7.33 (d, IH), 7.22 (d, IH), 7.06 (s, IH), 6.99-6.93 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 4H), 3.04 (t, 2H), 2.75 (dd, 2H), 2.69 (t, 2H), 1.21 (t, 3H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 483.2 (M+l), ES- 481.1 (M-I).

A-234 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.38 (d, IH), 7.88 (d, IH), 7.62 (dd, IH), 7.49 (d, IH), 7.4 (t, IH), 7.35 (d, IH), 7.23 (d, IH), 7.06 (t, IH), 7 (dd, IH), 6.97-6.95 (m, IH), 3.81 (s, 4H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.07-3.01 (m, 4H), 2.69 (t, 2H), 2.6 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 541.4 (M+l), ES- 539.4 (M-I).

Example 31: Preparation of 3-{3-[(2-aminopyridin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl}-N-(3-fe?f- butylphenyl)propanamide (A-261)

Step 1. Preparation of tert-butyl 4-[3-(3-methoxy-3-oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridine-2- carboxylate

[0294] To a solution of 3-(3-{[2-(ferf-butoxycarbonyl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)propan oic acid (prepared from tert-butyl 4-chloropyridine-2-carboxylate using the procedure described for

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Example 8, Step 1, 1.13 g, 32.9 mmol), in MeOH (15 mL) and toluene (15 mL) was added a 2.0M solution of trimethylsilyldiazomethane in hexane (3.29 mL, 65.8 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 2 h. The solvents were evaporated and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with sat. NaHCO ₃ solution and brine, dried (Na ₂ SO ₄ ) and evaporated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to yield the title compound (779 mg, 66.2 %). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 358.3 (M+l), 302.2 (-tBu).

Step 2. Preparation of 4-[3-(3-methoxy-3-oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid

[0295] A solution of fert-butyl 4-[3-(3-methoxy-3-oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridine-2- carboxylate (779 mg, 2.18 mmol) in 4N HCl -dioxane (10 mL) was stirred for 18 h. The solvents were evaporated to yield the title compound as the HCl salt. (780 mg, 100 %). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 302.0 (M+l).

Step 3. Preparation of methyl 3-[3-({2-[(ferf-butoxycarbonyl)amino]pyridin-4- yl}oxy)phenyl]propanoate

[0296] To a solution of 4-[3-(3-methoxy-3-oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (736 mg, 2.18 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at 0 ⁰ C, was added TEA (1.09 mL, 7.84 mmol) then diphenylphosphonic azide (610 μL, 2.83 mmol) dropwise. The reaction was stirred at 0 ⁰ C for 10 min and then allowed to warm to rt. After 2 h, the solvents were evaporated and the residue was taken up in EtOAc, washed with sat. NaHCO ₃ solution, then brine, dried (Na ₂ SO ₄ ), and evaporated. 2-methylpropan-2-ol (10.0 mL) was added and the solution was heated at 85 ⁰ C for 40 min, and then allowed to cool to rt. The solvents were evaporated and the residue was purified by chromatography to yield the title compound as an oil (427 mg, 52.6 %). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 327.1 (M+l).

Step 4. Preparation of 3-[3-({2-[(terf-butoxycarbonyl)amino]pyridin-4- yl}oxy)phenyl]propanoic acid

[0297] To a solution of methyl 3-[3-({2-[(ferf-butoxycarbonyl)amino]pyridin-4- yl}oxy)phenyl]propanoate (427 mg, 1.15 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) and THF (5 mL), was added IM NaOH solution (4.59 mL, 4.49 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 18 h. The solvents were evaporated and the residue was dissolved in water. The solution was acidified to pH=3 by addition of IN HCl. The precipitate was filtered off and washed with water and then hexane,

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

then dried under vacuum to yield the title compound as a white solid (333 mg, 81 %). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 359.1 (M+l), ES ^" 357.0 (M-I).

Step 5. Preparation of tert-butyl [4-(3-{3-[(3~tert-butylphenyl)amino]-3- oxopropyl}phenoxy)pyridin-2-yl]carbamate

[0298] To a solution of 3-[3-({2-[(førf-butoxycarbonyl)amino]pyridin-4- yl}oxy)phenyl]propanoic acid (333 mg, 0.93 mmol) in DCM (10 mL), were added 3-tert- butylaniline (152 mg, 1.02 mmol), DMAP (125 mg, 1.02 mmol) and then EDCI (196 mg, 1.02 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 18 h., and then diluted with DCM and washed with water and brine. The organic solution was dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to yield the title compound as a white solid (389 mg, 86 %). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 490.2 (M+l), ES ^" 488.2 (M-I).

Step 6. Preparation of 3-{3-[(2-aminopyridin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl}-N-(3-ferf- butylphenyl)propanamide (A-261)

[0299] A solution of tert-hutyl [4-(3-{3-[(3-tert-butylphenyl)amino]-3- oxopropyl}phenoxy)pyridin-2-yl]carbamate (389 mg, 0.79 mmol) in 4M HCl-dioxane (10 mL) was stirred under nitrogen for 18 h. The solvents were evaporated to yield A-261 as the HCl salt (341 mg, 100 %). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, .Z ₆ -DMSO; HCl salt) δ: 9.92 (s, IH), 7.91 (d, IH), 7.78 (s, 2H), 7.53 (t, IH), 7.46 (t, 2H), 7.27 (d, IH), 7.21-7.15 (m, 2H), 7.07 (dd, 2H), 6.60 (dd, IH), 6.09 (d, IH), 2.96 (t, 2H), 2.64 (t, 2H), and 1.24 (s, 9H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 390.16 (M+l), ES- 388.12 (M-I). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 390.2 (M+l), ES ^" 388.1 (M-I).

[0300] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 31:

A-77 ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.02 (m, 2H), 7.69 (dd, IH), 7.44 (m, 2H), 7.34 (t, IH), 7.13 (dd, IH), 7.03 (br, IH), 6.93 (dd, IH), 6.47 (dd, IH), 3.02 (t, 2H), 2.70 (t, 2H), and 1.45 (s, 9H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 536.21 (M+l).

A-92 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.04 (d, IH), 7.71 (dd, IH), 7.69 (d, IH), 7.46 (d, IH), 7.33 (t, IH), 7.13 (d, IH), 7.00 (m, IH), 6.91 (m, IH), 6.14 (dd, IH), 5.99 (d, IH), 3.01 (t, 2H), and 2.70 (t, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 436.11 (M+l).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Example 32: Preparation of 3-(3-{[2-(acetylamino)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N-[3-[2-

(dirnethylamino)ethoxy]-5-(1τifluoromethyl)phenyl]propan amide (A-211)

Step 1. Preparation of methyl 3-{3-[(2-aminopyridin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl}propanoate

[0301] Methyl 3-[3-({2-[(ferf-butoxycarbonyl)amino]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl ]propanoate

(960 mg, 0.25 mmol), trifluoroacetic acid (5.00 mL) and few drops of water were stirred for 3.5 h. at rt. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by column chromatography to give the title compound as white solid (790 mg, 100 %). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 273.3 (M+l)

Step 2. Preparation of methyl 3-(3-{[2-(acetylamino)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-propanoate

[0302] Methyl 3-{3-[(2-arninopyridin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl}propanoate (390 mg, 0.14 mmol) was dissolved in pyridine (5 mL) and the reaction mixture was cooled at 0 °C and stirred for Ih. Acetic anhydride (135 μL, 0.14 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir for Ih. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt and to stir overnight. The reaction was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic solutions were dried (MgSO ₄ ), filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified column chromatography to give the title compound (340 mg, 76 %) as a white solid. LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 315.29 (M+l).

Step 3. Preparation of 3-(3-{[2-(acetylamino)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)propanoic acid

[0303] To a solution of methyl 3-(3-{[2-(acetylamino)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)- propanoate (184 mg, 0.59 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added IN NaOH solution (702 μL, 0.70 mmol). The reaction was stirred forlδ h. The solvents were evaporated and the residue was dissolved in water and acidified to pH=l by addition of IN HCl solution. The precipitate was

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

filtered off and washed with water then hexane and dried tinder vacuum to yield the title compound as a white solid (112 mg, 63.7 %). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 301.2 (M+l), ES- 299.3 (M-I).

Step 4. Preparation of 3-(3-{[2-(acetylarnino)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-N-[3-[2-

(diniemylamino)ethoxy]-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]propanam ide (A-211)

[0304] A-211 was prepared from 3-(3-{[2-(acetylamino)pyridin-4- yl]oxy}phenyl)propanoic acid, using the procedure described in Example 9. The HCl salt was prepared by dissolving the compound in DCM/MeOH and adding IM HCl in Et ₂ O, and immediately evaporating the solvents. ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d6 DMSO) δ: 10.49 (s, IH), 10.27 (br s, IH), 8.18 (d, IH), 7.59 (d, 2H), 7.41 (t, 2H), 7.22 (d, IH), 7.12 (s, IH), 7.03 (dd, IH), 6.98 (s, IH), 6.79-6.76 (1, mH), 4.38 (t, 2H), 3.52-3.48 (m, 2H), 2.95 (t, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.69 (t, 2H), and 2.08 (s, 3H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 531.2 (M+l).

[0305] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 32:

7.22

Example 33: Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-{3-[(2-{[(4- ethylpiperazm-l-yl)acetyl]amino}pyridin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl}prop anarnide (A-192)

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Step 1. Preparation of 3-[3-({2-[(cWoroacetyl)arnino]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]-N-[4- chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-propanarnide

[0306] To a solution of A-92 (0.100 g, 0.22 mmol) and TEA (0.020 mL, 0.25 mmol) in THF

(5 mL) was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (0.060 mL, 0.44 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 15 min at rt and then concentrated. The residue was redissolved in EtOAc, washed with water and brine, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography to give the title compound as a white solid.

Step 2. Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-{3-[(2-{[(4- ethylpiperazm-l-yl)acetyl]amino}pyridin-4-yl)oxy]phenyl}prop anamide (A-192)

[0307] A mixture of 3-[3-({2-[(cWoroacetyl)amino]pyridin-4-yl}oxy)phenyl]-]V-[4- chloro-

3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-propanamide (0.050 g, 0.090 mmol), 1-ethylpiperazine (0.040 mL, 0.29 mmol), and K ₂ CO ₃ (0.050 g, 0.36 mmol) was stirred at 60 ⁰ C in DMF for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated and partitioned between EtOAc and water. The organic solution was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography to give A-192. H NMR (400 MHz, ^ ₆ -DMSO) δ: 10.98 (m, IH), 10.60 (m, IH), 8.21 (m, 2H), 7.83 (dd, IH), 7.63 (d, IH), 7.60 (m, IH), 7.41 (t, IH), 7.21 (d, IH), 7.10 (m, IH), 7.01 (m, IH), 6.75 (dd, IH), 4.85 (br, 6H), 3.84 (br, IH), 3.39 (br, IH), 3.22 (br, 2H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 2.95 (t, 2H), 2.70 (t, 2H), and 1.23 (t, 3H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 590.3 (M+l).

[0308] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 33:

A-20 ¹ H (400MHz, ^ ₆ -DMSO; HCl salt) δ: 9.86 (s, IH), 8.15 (d, IH), 7.51 (t, IH), 7.44- 7.33 (m, 3H), 7.22-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.1 (t, IH), 7.05-7.01 (m, 2H), 6.78-6.75 (m, IH), 2.94 (t, 2H), 2.62 (t, 2H), 1.97-1.9 (m, IH), 1.23 (s, 9H), and 0.86-0.81 (m, 4H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 458.86 (M+l), ES- 456.3 (M-I).

A-183 ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.01-8.0 (m, 2H), 7.71 (dd, IH), 7.48 (dd, IH), 7.36 (dd, IH), 7.16 (dd, IH), 7.04 (s, IH), 6.95 (dd, IH), 6.58 (dd, IH), 3.03 (dd, 2H), 2.69 (dd, 2H), and 2.11 (s, 3H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 478.28 (M+l), ES- 476.19 (M-I).

A-98 ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.05 (d, IH), 8.02 (d, IH), 7.67 (dd, IH), 7.63 (d, IH), 7.48 (d, IH), 7.35 (dd, IH), 7.17 (d, IH), 7.03 (dd, IH), 6.95 (dd, IH), 6.58 (dd, IH), 3.02 (dd, 2H), 2.69 (dd, 2H), 1.78-1.87 (m, IH), and 0.80-0.95 (m, 4H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 504.3 (M+l), ES- 502.2 (M-I).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Example 34: Preparation of ethyl 2-{4-[3-(3-{[4-ciιloro-3-(trifluoromerhyl)-phenyl]amino}-3- oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridin-2-yl}-lH-rmidazole-5-carboxylate (A-110)

[0309] To a solution of A-113 (450 mg, 0.847 mmol) in ethanol (4 mL) was added IN

NaOH (5 mL) dropwise. The solution stirred at 70 ⁰ C for 10 h and then extracted with EtOAc. The organic solutions were combined, washed with IN HCl, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (1% NH ₄ OH/DCM containing 0-10% MeOH) to give A-110 (10 mg, 2%). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.41 (d, IH), 7.99 (d, IH), 7.80 (s, IH), 7.64 (dd, IH), 7.59 (s, IH), 7.37-7.43 (m, IH), 7.21 (d, 2H), 7.07 (dd, IH), 7.00 (dd, IH), 6.89 (dd, IH), 4.32 (dd, IH), 3.05 (dd, 2H), 2.71 (dd, 22H), and 1.35 (dd, 3H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 559.3 (M+l), ES- 557.3 (M-I).

Example 35: Preparation of isobutyl {4-[3-(3-{[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)-phenyl]amino}-3- oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridin-2-yl}carbamate (A-221)

[0310] A solution of 4-[3-(3-{[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}-3- oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (8.0 mmol) in THF (66 mL) was cooled to 0 ⁰ C. TEA (2.8 mL, 19.9 mmol) was added, followed by isobutylchloroformate (1.04 mL, 8.0 mmole) and the solution was allowed to stir for 1 h at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with DCM, washed with sat. NaHCO ₃ extracted with DCM, washed with brine, dried over NaSO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. The residue was redissolved in toluene (30 mL) and t- butanol (1.3 mL, 13.9 mmol) was added. The solution was heated to 100 °C for 1.5 h and then

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

cooled to rt. The solution was diluted with DCM, washed with NaHCO ₃ and brine, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (hexane/ethyl EtOAc) to give A-221 (600 mg, 17 %). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.02-8.07 (m, 2H), 7.69 (dd, IH), 7.49 (dd, IH), 7.40 (dd, IH), 7.19-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.07 (dd, IH), 6.99 (dd, IH), 6.66 (dd, IH), 3.91 (dd, 2H), 3.04 (dd, 2H), 2.71 (dd, 2H), 1.94 (ddd, IH), and 0.94 (d, 6H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 536.3 (M+l), ES- 534.2 (M-I).

Example 36: Preparation of methyl 2-{4-[3-(3-{[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]amino}-3- oxopropyl)phenoxy]pyridin-2-yl}-lH-imidazole-5-carboxylate (A-170)

[0311] To a solution of A-180 (0.190 g, 0.36 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) was added activated

MnO ₂ (0.364 g, 3.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 72 h and then filtered through Celite and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give A-170 (35 mg, 18%).

[0312] ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, d6 DMSO; HCl salt) δ: 7.00 (d, IH), 6.54 (s, IH), 6.46 (d, IH),

6.21 (d, IH), 6.11 (dd, IH), 5.86-5.96 (m, 2H), 5.76 (d, IH), 5.64 (dd, IH), 5.61 (dd, IH), 5.54 (dd, IH), 2.38 (s, 3H), 1.51 (dd, 2H), and 1.21 (dd, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 546.2 (M+l), ES- 543.2 (M-I).

Example 37: Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(lH-imidazol -2- yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)propanamide (A-105)

BaMnO ₄

[0313] To a solution of A-55 (66 mg, 0.13 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) of was added BaMnO ₄

(600 mg). The solution was allowed to stir for 15 h at 80 °C and then filtered through Celite

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

and concentrated. The residue was purified by reversed phase HPLC (formic in acetonitrile/water) to give A-105 (15 mg, 23%). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.42 (d, IH), 8.14 (s, IH), 7.77 (dd, IH), 7.60 (d, IH), 7.42 (dd, IH), 7.37 (d, IH), 7.20 (d, IH), 7.19 (dd, IH), 7.13 (dd, IH), 7.05 (dd, IH), 6.98 (s, IH), 6.91 (dd, IH), 2.97 (dd, 2H), and 2.69 (dd, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 487.90 (M+l), ES- 484.99 (M-I).

Example 38: Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[4-Xpyridin-4- ylmethyl)phenyl]propanamide (A-84)

Step 1. Preparation of 4-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)aniline

[0314] To a solution of 4-(4-nitrobenzyl)pyridine (2.0 g, 9.3 mmol) in MeOH (93 mL) was added Pd on carbon (10% by wt, 0.20 g). The reaction mixture was placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen and allowed to stir for 12 h at rt. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and the filtrate concentrated to give the title compound (1.73 g, 100 %). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 185.1 (M+l)

Step 2. Preparation of 4-(4-iodobenzyl)pyridine

[0315] A solution of 4-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)aniline (679 mg, 3.7 mmol) in acetic acid (1.84 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (0.787 mL) was cooled to 0 ⁰ C. NaNO ₂ (280 mg, 40.7 mmol) in water (1.23 mL) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 30 min. A solution of KI (737 mg, 4.44 mmol) and iodine (563 mg, 2.22 mmole) in water (3.7 mL) was added dropwise to the above solution. The solution stirred for 30 min at 0°C and for 1 h at rt. The reaction was quenched by the addition of aq. NaS ₂ O ₄ and the solution was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic solutions were washed with sat. NaHCO ₃ , brine and 1 %

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

NaOH, dried over MgSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give the title compound (140 mg, 18%). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 296.1 (M+l).

Step 3. Preparation of (2£)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[4-(pyridin-4 - ylmethyl)phenyl]acrylamide

[0316] A mixture of 4-(4-iodobenzyl)pyridine (129 mg, 0.44 mmol), TEA (67 μL, 0.48 mmol), Pd(PPh ₃ ) ₄ (254 mg, 0.222 mmol) and N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)-phenyl]acrylamide (0.120 g, 0.44 mmol) in DMF (4.4 mL) was heated at 95 °C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, diluted with water, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over NaSO ₄ , filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give the title compound (161 mg, 40%). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 417.2 (M+l).

Step 4. Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[4-(pyridin-4- ylmethyl)phenyl]propanamide (A-84)

[0317] To a solution of (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[4-(pyridin-4- ylmethyl)phenyl]acrylamide (70 mg, 0.17 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) and EtOAc (2 mL) was added Pd/C (10 wt%, 20 mg). The mixture was stirred under hydrogen (60 psi) for 18 h and then filtrated through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated and purified by column, chromatography to give A-84 (28 mg, 41 %). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.35 (d, 2H), 8.03 (d, IH), 7.70 (dd, IH), 7.48 (d, IH), 7.10-7.24 (m, 6H), 3.96 (s, 2H), 2.97 (dd, 2H), and 2.65 (dd, 2H). LCMS: (FA) ES+ 419.2 (M+l), ES- 417.2 (M-I).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Example 39: Preparation of (£)-3-(3-(2-(4, 5-diliydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)- N-(3-isopropylphenyl)acrylamide (B-2)

Step 1. Preparation of (£)-N-(3-isopropylphenyl)-3-(3-rnethoxyphenyl)acrylarriide

[0318] To a solution of (E)-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)acrylic acid (1.50 g, 8.30 mmol) in DCM

(80 mL) under an atmosphere of argon was added oxalyl chloride (1.45 mL, 16.6 mmol) at rt. The reaction was allowed to stir at rt for 2 h and then concentrated. The residue was dissolved in DCM (80 mL). To this solution were added 3-isopropyl-benzenamine (1.24 g, 9.2 mmol) and TEA (2.31 mL, 16.6 mmol). The reaction was allowed to stir at rt for 15 min and then quenched by the addition of water. The mixture was extracted with DCM and the organic solutions were combined, washed with water and brine, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated to give the desired amide which was used without further purification. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ 7.71 (d, J= 15.2 Hz, IH), 7.64-7.69 (m, IH), 7.51-7.58 (m, IH), 7.44-7.50 (m, IH), 7.20-7.31 (m, IH), 7.11 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, IH), 6.99-7.05 (m, 2H), 6.89-6.93 (m, IH), 6.60 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, IH), 3.82 (s, 3H), 2.90 (sept, / = 7.2 Hz, IH), and 1.24 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 6H).

Step 2. Preparation of (£)-3-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-N-(3-isopropylphenyl)acrylamide

[0319] A solution of (£)-N-(3-isopropylphenyl)-3-(3-methoxyphenyl)acrylamide (8.30 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) was cooled to 0 ⁰ C under an atmosphere of argon. To this solution was added boron tribromide (IM in DCM, 16.5 mL). The reaction mixture was allowed to come to rt and stir for 2 hr before being quenched by the addition of water. The mixture was extracted

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

with EtOAc and the combined organic solutions were washed with water and brine, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. The residue was triturated with DCM and filtered to give the desired phenol (1.22 g, 52% for 2 steps).

Step 3. Preparation of (E)-3-(3-(2-(4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4- yloxy)phenyl)-N-(3-isopropylphenyl)acrylamide (B-2)

[0320] To a solution of (E)-3-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-N-(3-isopropylphenyl)acrylamide (3.20 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) was added 4-chloro-2-(4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridine (11.2 rrunol) and cesium carbonate (16.0 mmol). The heterogeneous mixture was heated at 100 ⁰ C for 18 h and then cooled to rt. The mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic solutions were washed with water and brine, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (90:10:1 DCM:MeOH:NH ₄ OH) to give B-2. ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO): δ 10.13 (s, IH), 8.52 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, IH), 7.56-7.61 (m, 3H), 7.50-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.47 (m, IH), 7.41 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, IH), 7.20-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.17 (dd, / = 6.8, 2.8 Hz, IH), 6.93-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.85 (d, / = 15.6 Hz, IH), 3.32 (s, 4H), 2.85 (sept, / = 6.8 Hz, IH), and 1.18 (d, / = 7.2 Hz, 6H).

[0321] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 39:

B-7 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, ₆ -DMSO): δ 10.56 (s, IH), 8.52 (d, / = 5.6 Hz, IH), 8.18 (br s, IH), 7.81-7.89 (m, IH), 7.53-7.70 (m, 4H), 7.39-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.33 (m, IH), 7.15-7.21 (m, IH), 6.82 (d, / = 15.6 Hz, IH), and 3.59 (s, 4H).

B-9 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d _f OMSO): δ 10.76 (s, IH), 8.54 (d, / = 5.6 Hz, IH), 8.17 (br s, IH), 7.84-7.84 (m, 2H), 7.57-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.52 (m, IH), 7.44 (d, / = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.36-7.40 (m, IH), 7.27-7.31 (m, IH), 7.19 (dd, / = 5.6, 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.80 (d, / = 15.6 Hz, IH), and 3.61 (s, 4H).

B-13 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, ^ ₆ -DMSO): δ 10.34 (s, IH), 8.52 (d, / = 6.0 Hz, IH), 7.66-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.65 (m, 3H), 7.34-7.49 (m, 4H), 7.24-7.29 (m, IH), 7.17 (dd, / = 5.6, 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.83 (d, / = 15.6 Hz, IH), and 3.59 (s, 4H).

B-14 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl ₃ ): δ 10.33 (br s, IH), 8.45 (d, / = 5.7 Hz, IH), 7.93 (d, / = 2.7 Hz, IH), 7.80 (dd, / = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.54 (d, / = 15.6 Hz, IH), 7.34-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.02 (dd, / = 5.7, 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.94-6.97 (m, IH), 6.86-6.91 (m, IH), 6.38 (d, / = 15.6 Hz, IH), and 3.78 (s, 4H).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Example 40: Preparation of (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-[3-(9H-purin-6 - yloxy)phenyl]acrylamide (B-3)

TEA, DABCO

[0322] To a mixture of l,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (0.098 g, 0.87 mmol) in DCE (25 mL) was added (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(txifluorometiiyl)phenyl]-3-(3-hydroxyphe nyl)-acrylamide (300 mg, 0.87 mmol) and 6-chloro-9H-purine (1.95 mmol). TEA (366 μL, 2.61 mmol) was added, and the resulting solution was stirred at 60 ⁰ C. The solution was diluted with brine and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic solutions were dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , 10-80% EtOAc in hexanes) provided the title compound as a white solid (45 mg). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, ^ ₆ -DMSO): δ 13.68 (br s, IH), 10.67 (s, IH), 8.55 (bs, IH), 8.45 (s, IH), 8.30 (s, IH), 7.92 (dd, IH), 7.70 (d, IH), 7.65 (s, IH), 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.38 (d, IH) and 6.80 (d, IH). LCMS, AA: R ₁ = 1.71 min, [MH ⁺ 460.0].

Example 41: Preparation of (E)-iV-(4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(3-(2-(4,5-dih ydro- lH-irnidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)--2-rnethylacrylami de (B-12)

Step 1. Preparation N-(4-dhloro-3-(trifluorom.efhyl)phenyl)m.ethacrylamide

[0323] 4-Chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl) aniline (2.6OmL, 26.8 mmol) was dissolved in DCM

(120 mL) and TEA (4.64 mL, 33.3 mmol) was added. The solution was cooled to 0 ⁰ C and methacryloyl chloride (5.0 g, 25.6 mmol) was slowly added. The reaction was stirred for 5 h

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

while warming to rt. The organic phase was washed with 0.5M KHSO ₄ SoIUtIOn, sat. NaHCO ₃ solution and brine, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated to provide the title compound (6.51 g) as a light yellow oil. LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.88 min, [MH ⁺ 264.0].

Step 2. Preparation of (E)-N-(4-chloro-3-(trifluoromefhyl)phenyl)-3-(3-hydroxypheny l)-

2-methylacrylamide

[0324] To a flame-dried flask, NaHCO ₃ (5.2Og, 61.88 mmol), 3 A molecular sieves (10.9 g), N-(4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl) methacrylamide (6.51 g, 24.75 mmol), and 3- iodophenol (5.99 g, 27.23 mmol) were added under an atmosphere of argon. The solids were then dissolved in ACN (100 mL) and stirred at rt for 10 min. PPh ₃ (650 mg, 2.48 mmol) was added and argon bubbled through the reaction mixture. Pd(OAc) ₂ (278 mg, 1.24 mmόl) was added and the reaction mixture was heated at 60 ⁰ C for 12 h. Additional palladium acetate was added and the reaction mixture was heated for 24 h. The mixture was cooled to rt and filtered through a pad of Celite. The filtrate was washed with sat. NaHCO ₃ and the aqueous solution extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic solutions were dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated to provide a brown oil. Purification by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , 0-10% Et ₂ O in DCM) provided the titled compound. LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.94 min, [MH ⁺ 356.0].

Step 3. Preparation of (E)-N-(4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(3-(2-cyanopyri din-

4-yloxy)phenyl)-2-methylacrylamide

[0325] (E)-JV-(4-Chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(3-hydroxyphen yl)-2- methylacrylamide (1.0 g, 2.81 mmol), 4-chloropicolinonitrile (428 mg, 3.09 mmol) and cesium carbonate (2.75 g, 8.43 mmol) were combined and stirred in DMF. The reaction mixture was heated at 100 ⁰ C overnight and then cooled to rt. The mixture was filtered to remove cesium carbonate, the collected precipitate was washed with EtOAc, and the combined filtrate was concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , 0-80% EtOAc in hexanes) provided the title compound (883 mg). LCMS, FA: R _t = 2.15 min, [MH ⁺ 458.0].

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Step 4. Preparation of (£)-N-(4-Chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(3-(2--(4 _/ 5-dihydro-

2H-irrddazol-2-yl)pyridine-4-yloxy)phenyl)-2-methylacryla rnide (B-12)

[0326] (£)-N-(4-Chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(3-(2-cyanopyr idin-4- yloxy)phenyl)-2-methylacrylamide (500 mg, 1.09 mmol) and TEA (456 μL, 3.27 mmol) were combined and stirred in ethanol. H ₂ S was bubbled into the solution for 2 min then the reaction mixture was sealed and allowed to stir at rt. Reaction completion was checked by LCMS and TLC. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with brine. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc, and the organic solutions were combined, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated to provide a yellow residue. The residue was redissolved in ethylene diamine (3 mL), heated to 60 ⁰ C for 5 min, and then allowed to cool to rt. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with brine. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc, and the organic solutions were combined, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , 0-10% MeOH with 1% NH ₄ OH in DCM) provided B-12 (415 mg). LCMS, FA: R ₁ = 1.34 min, [MH ⁺ 501.0]. ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD): δ 8.49 (d, IH), 8.18 (d, IH), 7.91-7.89 (dd, IH), 7.57-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.40 (d, IH), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.23 (m, IH), 7.16-7.13 (dd, IH), 7.09-7.07 (m, IH), 3.77 (s, 4H), and 2.16 (d, 3H).

[0327] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 41:

B-I ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, CD ₃ OD): δ 8.50 (d, IH), 8.19 (d, IH), 7.85-7.80 (dd, IH), 7.57-7.50 (m, 4H), 7.36 (m, IH), 7.21-7.17 (m, IH), 7.09-7.07 (dd, IH), 6.35 (d, IH), 4.87 (s, 4H), and 2.61 (d, 3H). LCMS, FA: Rt = 1.37 min, [MH+ 501.0].

B-139 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD): δ 8.65 (d, IH), 8.49 (br s, IH), 7.68-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.58 (t, IH), 7.47-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.32 (br s, IH), 7.28-7.22 (m, 3H), 7.20-7.16 (m, 2H), 4.09 (s, 4H), 2.17 (d, 3H), and 1.32 (s, 9H). LCMS, FA: Rt = 2.06 min, [MH+ 444.0].

B-6 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD): δ 8.48 (d, IH), 7.67 (s, IH), 7.57 (s, IH), 7.53 (d, IH), 7.45 (d, IH), 7.39 (d, IH), 7.31 (s, IH), 7.27-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.08 (dd, IH), 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.15 (s, 3H), and 1.32 (s, 9H). LCMS, FA: Rt = 2.06 min, [MH+ 444.0].

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Example 42: Preparation of (£)-2-(3-(2-(4 _/ 5-Dihydro-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4- yloxy)benzyHdene)-N-(4-cWoro-3-(1τifluorornethyl)phenyl)but anarnide (B-8)

Step 1. Preparation of (E)-Efhyl 2-(3-methoxybenzylidene)butanoate

[0328] Under an atmosphere of argon, to a flame-dried flask were added KHMDS (2.55 g, 12.78 mmol) and THF (40 mL). The mixture was cooled to -78 °C and a solution of triethyl-2- phosphonobutyrate (3.00 ml, 12.7 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was slowly added. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at -78 °C for 1 h. To the cold reaction mixture was added a solution of 3-anisaldehyde (1.54 mL, 12.66 mmol) in THF (10 mL). After 10 min, the cooling bath was removed and the reaction was allowed to warm slowly to rt over 3 h. The reaction was quenched by pouring onto ice. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc and the combined organic solutions were dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , 0-8% EtOAc in hexanes) provided the title compound (2.17 g). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO): δ 7.61 (s, IH), 7.33-7.26 (dd, IH), 6.97 (d, IH), 6.91-6.86 (m, 2H), 4.27 (q, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 2.55 (q, 2H), 1.35 (t, 3H), and 1.17 (t, 3H).

Step 2. Preparation of (2E)-2-(3-methoxybenzylidene)butanoic acid

[0329] (E)-Emyl-2-(3-methoxybenzylidene)butanoate (300 mg, 1.28 mmol) was dissolved in THF (30 mL), and LiOH (61 mg, 2.56 mmol), and water (100 μL) were added. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 48 h and then cooled to rt. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and IN HCl. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc and the

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

combined organic solutions were dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , 0-70% EtOAc with 1% acetic acid in DCM) provided the title compound (190 mg). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO): δ 7.52 (s, IH), 7.37-7.33 (dd, IH), 6.99 (d, IH), 6.95-6.93 (m, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.43 (q, 2H), and 1.10 (t, 3H).

Step 3. Preparation of (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2-(3- methoxybenzylidene)butanamide

[0330] (2E)~2-(3-metnoxybenzylidene)butanoic acid (190 mg, 0.92 mmol), 4-chloro-3-

(trifluorornethyl)aniline (189 mg, 0.97 mmol) and DMAP (135 mg, 1.11 mmol) were mixed together and stirred in DCM (15 mL). The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 ⁰ C and EDCI (118 mg, 1.29 mmol) was added. The reaction was allowed to warm slowly to rt overnight. The mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with IN HCl, sat. NaHCO ₃ and brine, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , 0-15% EtOAc in hexanes) to give the title compound (216 mg). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO): δ 10.44 (s, IH), 8.29 (d, IH), 8.05-8.02 (dd, IH), 7.68 (d, IH), 7.39-7.35 (m, IH), 7.22 (s, IH), 6.99 (d, IH), 6.95-6.93 (m, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.54 (q, 2H), and 1.08 (t, 3H).

Step 4. Preparation of (£)-2-(3-hydroxybenzylidene)-N-(4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl ) phenyljbutanamide

[0331] A solution of (2E)-N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromeihyl)phenyl]-2-(3- methoxybenzylidene)butanamide (216 mg, 0.54 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) was cooled to 0 ⁰ C under an atmosphere of argon. To this solution was added BBr ₃ (IM in DCM, 1.18 mL). The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt. After stirring for 2 h, the reaction was quenched by the addition of water. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc and the combined organic solutions were washed with water and brine, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. The residue was triturated with DCM and filtered to give the desired phenol (189 mg). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d ₄ ~MeOH): δ 8.19 (d, IH), 7.91-7.87 (dd, IH), 7.55 (d, IH), 7.24-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.87-6.85 (m, 2H), 6.77-6.74 (dd, IH), 2.63 (q, 2H), and 1.14 (t, 3H).

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Step 5. Preparation of (£)-2-(3-(2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-irnidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4- yloxy)berιzylidene)-N-(4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl) butanamide (B-8)

[0332] B-8 was prepared from (E)-2-(3-hydroxybenzyKdene)-N-(4-chloro-3-

(trifluoromethyl) phenyl)butanamide by the methods described above. LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.41 min, [MH ⁺ 515.0]. ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d ₄ -MeOH): δ 8.53 (d, IH), 8.19 (d, IH), 7.91-7.88 (dd, IH), 7.59-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.36 (d, IH), 7.22 (s, IH), 7.17-7.10 (m, 3H), 3.84 (s, 4H), 2.65-2.60 (m, 2H), and 1.11 (t, 3H).

[0333] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 42:

B-Il ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO): δ 10.81 (s, IH), 8.52 (d, IH), 8.33 (s, IH), 8.10 (d, IH), 7.74-7.59 (m, 3H), 7.53 (s, IH), 7.42 (s, IH), 7.29 (d, IH), 7.22-7.09 (m, 2H), and 3.58 (s, 4H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.32 min, [MH ⁺ 505.0].

Example 43: Preparation of (£)-N-(3-rert-butylphenyl)-3-(3-(2-(4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazol -2- yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)acrylamide (1-140)

Step 1. Preparation of ethyl 2-((førf-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)acrylate

[0334] Ethyl-2(hydroxymethyl) acrylate (2.0 mL, 17.12 mmol), imidazole (2.3 g, 34.24 mmol), and tert-butyl dimethylsilyl chloride (3.1 g, 20.54 mmol) were stirred in a solution of DMF (10 mL) at rt overnight. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and washed with a 10%

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

solution of LiCl. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc, the organic solutions combined, dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , 0- 10% EtOAc in hexanes) provided the title compound (2.69 g). ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO): δ 6.13 (d, IH), 5.82 (d, IH), 4.30 (s, 2H), 4.14 (q, 2H), 1.21 (t, 3H), 0.87 (s, 9H), and 0.05 (s, 6H).

Step 2. Preparation of (E)-2-((fer^butyldirnethylsilyloxy)rnethyl)-3-(3-rnethoxyphe nyl) acrylic acid

[0335] Ethyl 2-((ierf-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)acrylate (2.15 g, 8.8 mmol) and LiOH

(421 mg, 17.6 mmol) were dissolved in THF (100 mL) and water (100 μL). The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 48 h then cooled to rt. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and IN HCl. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc and the combined organic solutions were dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , 0-10% EtOAc with 1% acetic acid in DCM) provided the title compound (1.04 g). ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ -DMSO): δ 12.57 (s, IH), 6.13-6.09 (dd, IH), 5.81-5.76 (dd, IH), 4.28 (d, 2H), 0.88 (s, 9H), and 0.05 (s, 6H).

Step 3. Preparation of 2-((ierf-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-]V-(3-te7'i-butylphen yl) acrylamide

[0336] The title compound was prepared as described in Example 10, Step 3, using (E)-

2-((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-3-(3-methoxyphenyl ) acrylic acid and 3-tert-bvtiyl aniline. LCMS, FA: R _t = 2.51 min, [MH ⁺ 348.0].

Step 4. Preparation of (E)-2-((ferf-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-]V-(3-ierf-butylp henyl)-

3-(3-(2-cyanopyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylamide

[0337] The title compound was prepared as described in Example 36, Step 2, using 2-

((fert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-N ^' -(3-ter/--butylphenyl) acrylamide and 4-(3- iodophenoxy)picolinonitrile (prepared as described in Example 11, Step 1 using 3-iodophenol and 4-cmoropicolmonitrile). LCMS, FA: R _t = 2.61 min, [MH ⁺ 542.0].

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Step 5. Preparation of (E)-2-((ter^butyldirnethylsilyloxy)rnethyl)-N-(3-terf-butylp henyl)-

3-(3-(2-(4 _/ 5-dihydro-lH-irrddazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acr ylarrιide

[0338] The title compound was prepared as described in Example 13. H NMR (300

MHz, d ₄ -MeOH): δ 8.47 (d, IH), 7.61 (t, IH), 7.57-7.54: (m, 2H), 7.49-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.25 (t, IH), 7.21-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.06-7.04 (dd, IH), 4.59 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 4H), and 1.31 (s, 9H), 0.81 (s, 9H), 0.01 (s, 6H).

Step 6. Preparation of (E)-N-(3-feri-butylphenyl)-3-(3-(2-(4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazol- 2- yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)acrylamide (B-140)

[0339] (£)-2-((ter^butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-iV-(3-feri-butylp henyl)-3-(3-(2-(4,5- dihydro-lH-irnidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acrylarnide (107 mg, 0.18 rnrnol) was dissolved in a 1:1 mixture of THF/pyridine (3 mL). The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 ⁰ C and 20 drops of HF /pyridine were added. The reaction was sealed and allowed to warm to rt over 5 h. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with sat. NaHCO ₃ , dried over Na ₂ SO ₄ , filtered, and concentrated. Purification by column chromatography (SiO ₂ , 0-10% MeOH with 1% NH ₄ OH in DCM) provided B-140 (32 mg). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.21 min, [MH ⁺ 471.0]. ¹ H NMR (300 MHz, d ₄ -MeOH): δ 8.48 (d, IH), 7.68 (t, IH), 7.56-7.51 (m, 3H), 7.48-7.44 (m, IH), 7.41 (d, IH), 7.31 (t, IH), 7.25 (t, IH), 7.19-7.15 (m, 2H), 7.08-7.05 (dd, IH), 4.52 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 4H), and 1.32 (s, 9H).

Example 44: Preparation of N-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(3-{[2-(4,5-dihydro -lH- imidazol-2-yl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)butanamide (A-132)

[0340] B-I (25 mg, 0.05 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL) and the reaction mixture was degassed. Under argon, 5 wt. % Pd on activated carbon (10 mol %) was added to the reaction mixture which was then stirred under 1 atmosphere of hydrogen at rt. The reaction was filtered over Celite. The solvent was evaporated to obtain A-132. ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, d ₆ - DMSO) δ: 10.37 (s, IH), 8.45 (d, IH), 8.23 (s, IH), 8.11 (d, IH), 7.75 (d, IH), 7.61 (d, IH), 7.44-7.40

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

(m, 2H), 7.23 (d, IH), 7.12 (s, IH), 7.04-7.01 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.29 (m, IH), 2.68-2.57 (m, 2H), and 1.26 (d, 3H). LCMS: (FA) ES ⁺ 503.0 (M+l), ES ^' 501.0 (M-I).

[0341] Compounds in the following table were prepared from the appropriate starting materials in a method analogous to that of Example 44:

A-215 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.32 (d, IH), 7.98 (d, IH), 7.62 (dd, IH), 7.44 (d, IH), 7.42 (d, IH), 7.36 (t, IH), 7.13-7.18 (m, IH), 6.98-7.01 (m, IH), 6.93-6.97 (m, IH), 6.87 (dd, IH), 3.74 (s, 4H), 3.01 (dd, IH), 2.73-2.82 (m, 2H), and 1.24 (d, 3H).

A-135 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.42 (d, IH), 8.03 (d, IH), 7.67 (dd, IH), 7.49-7.51 (m, IH), 7.46-7.49 (m, IH), 7.40 (d, IH), 7.24 (dd, IH), 7.19 (d, IH), 6.95 (dd, IH), 3.78 (s, 4H), 3.04 (t, 2H), 2.70 (t, 2H), and 3.04 (t, 2H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.33 min, [MH ⁺ 523.1].

A-62 ¹ H NMR (400 MHz, CD ₃ OD) δ: 8.42 (d, IH), 8.05 (d, IH), 7.73 (dd, IH), 7.50 (d, IH), 7.40 (d, IH), 7.22-7.25 (m, IH), 7.15-7.20 (m, IH), 6.97 (d, IH), 6.92 (dd, IH), 3.77 (s, 4H), 3.01 (t, 2H), 2.70 (t, 2H) and 2.09 (s, 3H). LCMS, FA: R _t = 1.31 min, [MH ⁺ 503.3].

Example 45: Expression and Purification of Raf Kinase Enzymes

Wild-Type B-Raf

[0342] Enzymatically active wild-type B-Raf was purchased from Upstate (cat# 14-530).

V599E B-Raf

[0343] Enzymatically active mutant B-Raf (V599E) was purchased from Upstate (cat# 14-

557).

Wild Type C-Raf

[0344] Enzymatically active C-Raf was purchased from Upstate (cat# 14-352).

Example 46: Raf Kinase Enzyme Assays B-Raf Flash Plate® Assay

[0345] Enzyme mix (15 μL), containing 50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.025% Brij 35, 10 mM

DTT, 4 nM B-Raf (V599E or Wild Type), was added to the wells of an assay plate and incubated

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

for 20 minutes. Substrate mix (15 μL), containing 50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.025% Brij 35, 10 mM MnCl ₂ , 2 μM Peptide 118 (Biotin-DRGFPRARYRARTTNYNSSR-

SRFYSGFNSRPRGRVYRGRARATSWYSPY-NH ₂ , New England Peptide), 1 μM ATP, 0.2 mg/mL BSA, P ATP 0.5 μCi/reaction was then added. Final reagent concentrations in the reaction mixture were 50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.025% Brij 35, 5 mM DTT, 5 mM MnCl ₂ , 1 μM Peptide 118, 0.5 μM ATP, 0.1 mg/mL BSA, 2 nM B-Raf Wild Type, and ³³ P ATP 0.5 μCi/ /reaction. The reaction mixture, with or without Raf kinase inhibitor, was incubated for 60 minutes, and then stopped by the addition of 50 μL of 100 mM EDTA. The stopped reaction mixture (65 μL) was transferred to a Flash Plate® (Perkin Elmer) and incubated for 2 hours. The wells were washed three times with 0.02% Tween-20. Plates were read on a TopCount analyzer.

[0346] The following compounds exhibited IC ₅₀ values less than or equal to 50 nM in this assay: A-5, A-7, A-20, A-27, A-35, A-51, A-53, A-55, A-58, A-59, A-63, A-73, A-74, A-89-91, A-96, A-98, A-99, A-100-103, A-105, A-108-110, A-112, A-113, A-115, A-108-110, A-112, A-113, A- 115, A-117, A-122, A-128-130, A-137, A-141, A-142, A-144, A-145, A-147-149, A-151, A-154, A- 156-158, A-164-166, A-170, A-171, A-176, A-178, A-183, A-184, A-186, A-189-195, A-200, A-201, A-203, A-204, A-209, A-211, A-216, A-220, A-221, A-225, A-226, A-228, A-230-234, A-237, A-239, A-243, A-245, A-255, A-257, A-258, A-265, B-2, B-5-7, B-9, B-Il, B-12, B-139, B-140

[0347] The following compounds exhibited IC ₅₀ values of greater than 50 nM and less than 500 nM in this assay: A-2-4, A-6, A-8, A-9, A-18, A-24, A-36, A-50, A-52, A-60-62> A-65-68, A-70, A-72, A-75-78, A-80-82, A-84-86, A-93, A-94, A-97, A-118-120, A-123, A-124, A-127, A-132, A-135, A-136, A-138, A-139, A-143, A-150, A-152, A-153, A-159-162, A-169, A-172-174, A-177, A- 180, A-181, A-185, A-187, A-199, A-202, A-205, A-207, A-208, A-210, A-213, A-215, A-217-219, A- 223, A-224, A-227, A-229, A-235, A-236, A-238, A-240, A-241, A-244, A-248-251, A-259-261, A- 264, B-I, B-3, B-8, B-10.

[0348] The following compounds exhibited IC ₅₀ values greater than 500 nM in this assay: A-I, A-6, A-ll-13, A-19, A-21, A-23, A-54, A-56, A-57, A-64, A-69, A-71, A-79, A-83, A-87, A-88, A-92, A-95, A-104, A-105, A-107, A-Hl, A-114, A-116, A-121, A-125, A-126, A-131, A-134, A-140, A-146, A-155, A-163, A-167, A-175, A-177, A-182, A-188, A-196-198, A-206, A-212, A-214, A-222, A-242, A-246, A-252-254, A-256, A-262, A-263, B-13.

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

C-Raf Flash Plate® Assay

[0349] Enzyme mix (15 μL), containing 50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.025% Brij 35, 10 mM

DTT, 20 nM C-Raf (Wild Type), was added to the wells of an assay plate and incubated for 20 minutes. Substrate mix (15 μL), containing 50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.025% Brij 35, 10 mM MnCl ₂ ,

4 μM Peptide 118, 1 μM ATP, 0.1 mg/mL BSA, ³³ P ATP 0.5 μCi/reaction was then added. Final reagent concentrations in the reaction mixture were 50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.025% Brij 35, 5 mM DTT, 5 mM MnCl ₂ , 2 μM Peptide 118, 1.0 μM ATP, 0.1 mg/mL BSA, 10 nM C-Raf Wild Type, and 33 P ATP 0.5 μCi/ /reaction. The reaction mixture was incubated for 40 minutes, and then stopped by the addition of 50 μL of 100 mM EDTA. The stopped reaction mixture (65 μL) was transferred to a Flash Plate® (Perkin Elmer) and incubated for 2 hours. The wells were washed three times with 0.02% Tween-20. Plates were read on a TopCount analyzer.

Example 47: Raf Kinase Cellular Assays Phospho-ERK ELISA Assay

[0350] Inhibition of Raf kinase activity in whole cell systems can be assessed by determining the decrease in phosphorylation of Raf kinase substrates. Any known Raf kinase substrate can be used to measure inhibition of Raf kinase activity in a whole cell system.

[0351] In a specific example, A375 cells were seeded in a 96-well cell culture plate

(12x10 cells/100 μL/well) and incubated overnight at 37 ⁰ C. Medium was removed, and cells were incubated with Raf kinase inhibitors for 3 hours at 37 ⁰ C. Medium was removed, and cells were fixed with 4% paraformaldehyde for 15 minutes at room temperature.

[0352] Methanol was added for 15 min. Cells were removed and blocked with 10% sheep serum and 1% BSA in PBS overnight at 4 ⁰ C. Cells were incubated with anti- p44/42MAPK antibody (1:100, Cell Signaling Technologies, #9101L) (20 μL/well) for one hour at room temperature. After washing with PBS three times, cells were stained with anti-rabbit horseradish peroxidase-linked antibody from donkey (1:100, Amersham Bioscience #NA934V) for 1 hour at room temperature. Cells were washed three times with 0.5% Tween-20 in PBS and twice with PBS. 3,3^5,5'-Tetramethylbenzidine (TMB) liquid substrate system (Sigma, #T8665) (50 μL/well) was added, and cells were incubated for 30-45 minutes at room temperature. Optical density was read at 650 run. Cells were then washed 3-5 times with PBS to remove color

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

solution. Results were normalized for the protein content in each well using a BCA protein assay kit (Pierce).

[0353] The following compounds exhibited IC ₅₀ values less than or equal to 1 μM in this assay: A-59, A-96, A-115, A-144, A-171, A-184, A-219, A-265, B-2, B-5, B-7-9, B-Il, B-12, B-139, B- 140.

[0354] The following compounds exhibited IC ₅₀ values greater than 1 μM and less than

10 μM in this assay: A-12, A-27, A-35, A-51, A-55, A-58, A-61-63, A-72-74, A-76, A-89-91, A-98, A-99, A-101, A-103, A-104, A-108-110, A-113, A-117, A-122, A-124, A-127-130, A-132, A-145, A- 147-149, A-151, A-153, A-154, A-156, A-157, A-161, A-165, A-166, A-169, A-170, A-176, A-178, A- 183, A-186, A-189, A-190, A-192, A-193, A-195, A-200, A-204, A-205, A-209, A-211, A-216, A-218, A-220, A-223, A-226, A-228, A-230-233, A-237, A-239, A-243-245, A-248, A-251, A-255, A-257, B- 3, B-6, B-10.

[0355] The following compounds exhibited IC ₅₀ values greater than 10 μM and less than

25 μM in this assay: A-Il, A-24, A-26, A-50, A-52, A-66, A-67, A-78, A-86, A-102, A-105, A-106, A-112, A-137, A-158, A-180, A-187, A-191, A-201, A-203, A-213, A-225, A-227, A-234, A-249, A- 259, B-I.

Example 48: Anti-proliferation Assays WST assay

[0356] A375 cells (4000) in 100 μL of 1% FBS-DMEM were seeded into wells of a 96-well cell culture plate and incubated overnight at 37 ⁰ C. Test compounds were added to the wells and the plates were incubated for 48 hours at 37 ⁰ C. Test compound solution was added (100 μL/well in 1% FBS DMEM), and the plates were incubated at 37 ⁰ C for 48 hours. WST-I reagent (Roche #1644807, 10 μL) was added to each well and incubated for four hours at 37 ⁰ C as described by the manufacturer. The optical density for each well was read at 450 run and 600 ran. A well containing medium only was used as a control.

Attorney Docket No. MPI05-002P1RNWOM January 12, 2006

Example 49: In vivo Assays In vivo Tumor Efficacy Model

[0357] Raf kinase inhibitors are tested for their ability to inhibit tumor growth in standard xenograft tumor models.

[0358] For example, HCT-116 cells (IxIO ⁶ ) in 100 μL of phosphate buffered saline are aseptically injected into the subcutaneous space in the right dorsal flank of female CD-I nude mice (age 5-8 weeks, Charles River) using a 23-ga needle. Beginning at day 7 after inoculation, tumors are measured twice weekly using a vernier caliper. Tumor volumes are calculated using standard procedures (0.5 x length x width ). When the tumors reach a volume of approximately 200 mm , mice are injected i.v. in the tail vein with test compound (100 μL) at various doses and schedules. All control groups receive vehicle alone. Tumor size and body weight are measured twice a week , and the study is terminated when the control tumors reach approximately 2000 mm. Analogous procedures are followed for melanoma (A375 or A2058 cells), colon (HT-29 or HCT-116 cells), and lung (H460 cells) tumor models.

[0359] While the foregoing invention has been described in some detail for purposes of clarity and understanding, these particular embodiments are to be considered as illustrative and not restrictive. It will be appreciated by one skilled in the art from a reading of this disclosure that various changes in form and detail can be made without departing from the true scope of the invention, which is to be defined by the appended claims rather than by the specific embodiments.

[0360] . The patent and scientific literature referred to herein establishes knowledge that is available to those with skill in the art. Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. The issued patents, applications, and references that are cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference. In the case of inconsistencies, the present disclosure, including definitions, will control.